The Negro in the United States; a selected bibliography. Compiled by Dorothy B. Porter

Chapter 32 is on Negro literature.

Chapter 149,827 wordsPublic domain

26 Merriam, Alan P. A bibliography of jazz. With the assistance of Robert J. Brenford. Philadelphia, American Folklore Society, 1954. 145 p. (Publications of the American Folklore Society. Bibliographical series, v. 4, 1954) ML128.J3M4

27 Miller, Elizabeth W. The Negro in America; a bibliography compiled for the American Academy of Arts and Sciences. With a foreword by Thomas F. Pettigrew. Cambridge, Harvard University Press, 1966. xvii, 190 p. Z1361.N39M5

28 Murray, Daniel A. P. Preliminary list of books and pamphlets by Negro authors, for Paris Exposition and Library of Congress. [Washington, U.S. Commission to the Paris Exposition, 1900] 8 p. Z1361.N39M9

29 National Association for the Advancement of Colored People. _Education Dept._ Integrated school books; a descriptive bibliography of 399 pre-school and elementary school texts and story books. New York, NAACP Special Contribution Fund, 1967. 55 p. Z5814.D5N3

30 National Council of the Churches of Christ in the United States of America. _Division of Christian Education._ Negro heritage resource guide; a bibliography of the Negro in contemporary America. [New York, Council Press, c1967] 21 p. Z1361.N39N16

31 National Urban League. _Dept. of Research and Community Projects._ Selected bibliography on the Negro. New York, Dept. of Research, National Urban League, 1937. 13 leaves. Z1361.N39N18 ---- ---- Supplement, no. 1. Compiled by the Dept. of Research, National Urban League. [New York, 1938] 13 leaves. Z1361.N39N18 Suppl.

32 New Jersey Library Association. _Bibliography Committee._ New Jersey and the Negro; a bibliography, 1715-1966. [Trenton] 1967. 196 p. Z1361.N39N45

33 New York Public Library. The Negro; a list of significant books. Compiled by Dorothy R. Homer. 8th rev. ed. New York, 1960. 25 p. DHU [TR: Z1361.N39N52 1965]

34 New York. Public Library. _Schomburg Collection of Negro Literature and History._ Dictionary catalog. Boston, G.K. Hall, 1962. 9 v. (8473 p.) Z881.N592S35 A first supplement (2 v.) was published in 1968.

35 Oberlin College. _Library._ A classified catalogue of the collection of anti-slavery propaganda in the Oberlin College Library, compiled by Geraldine Hopkins Hubbard, edited by Julian S. Fowler. [Oberlin] 1932. 84 p. (_Its_ Bulletin, v. 2, no. 3) Z1249.S6O2 "Formed the bibliographical portion of a thesis submitted in June, 1932, in partial fulfillment of the requirements for the degree of master of arts at Oberlin College."--Preface. "The main list contains all printed items ... which can be classed as American anti-slavery propaganda published before January 1, 1863.... An appendix describes the smaller collections of pro-slavery literature and of the British anti-slavery propaganda."

36 Porter, Dorothy B. Early American Negro writings: a bibliographical study. _In_ Bibliographical Society of America. Papers, v. 39, 3d quarter 1945: 192-268. Z1008.B51P, v. 39 [TR: Wesley, Dorothy Porter, 1905-1995.]

37 Porter, Dorothy B. North American Negro poets, a bibliographical check-list of their writings, 1760-1944. Hattiesburg, Miss., Book Farm, 1945. 90 p. ([Heartman's historical series, no. 70]) Z1361.N39P6 [TR: Wesley, Dorothy Porter, 1905-1995.] A new edition is in preparation.

37a Porter, Dorothy B., _and_ Ethel M. V. Ellis, _comps._ The journal of Negro education. Index to vols. 1-31, 1932-1962. Washington, Howard University Press, 1963. 82 p. DHU

38 [Pride, Armistead S.] Negro newspapers on microfilm; a selected list. Washington, Library of Congress, Photoduplication Service, 1953. 8 p. Z6944.N39P7

39 Princeton University. _Program in American Civilization._ The Negro in America; bibliographies, conference 1966. [Lincoln University, Pa., American Studies Institute, c1966] 90 p. DLC

40 Reid, Ira De A. Negro youth, their social and economic backgrounds; a selected bibliography of unpublished studies, 1900-1938. Washington, American Youth Commission of the American Council on Education [c1939] 71 leaves. Z1361.N39R35 Largely unpublished theses of a selected list of colleges and universities in the United States.

41 Reisner, Robert G. The literature of jazz, a selective bibliography. With an introduction by Marshall W. Stearns. [2d ed. rev. and enl.] New York, New York Public Library, 1959. 63 p. ML128.J3R4 1959

42 Rollins, Charlemae H., _ed._ We build together; a reader's guide to Negro life and literature for elementary and high school use. Contributors: Augusta Baker [and others] 3d ed. [Champaign, Ill., National Council of Teachers of English, 1967] xxviii, 71 p. Z1361.N39R77 1967 [TR: [1941?]]

43 Ross, Frank A., _and_ Louise V. Kennedy. A bibliography of Negro migration. New York, Columbia University Press, 1935. 251 p. Z1361.N39R8 Annotated. "The fifth volume produced under the project, Negro Migration, conducted in the Department of Sociology at Columbia University, under subsidy by the Social Science Research Council, and the Columbia University Council for Research in the Social Sciences."--Preface. "Bibliographies": p. [191]-194.

44 Salk, Erwin A. A layman's guide to Negro history. Chicago, Quadrangle Books, 1966. xviii, 170 p. port. Z1361.N39S23

45 Scally, Mary Anthony, _Sister_. Negro Catholic writers, 1900-1943, bio-bibliography. Detroit, W. Romig [1945] 152 p. Z1361.N39S35 "Sources": p. 11-12.

46 Schomburg, Arthur A., _comp._ A bibliographical checklist of American Negro poetry. New York, L. F. Heartman, 1916. 57 p. (Bibliographica americana; a series of monographs, v. 2) Z1231.P7S3 [TR: Z1361.N39S37] "Bibliography of the poetical works of Phillis Wheatley (copyrighted by Charles F. Heartman) [reprinted from Heartman's 'Phillis Wheatley (Phillis Peters)']": p. 47-57.

47 Sieg, Vera. The Negro problem: a bibliography. Madison, Wis., 1908. 22 p. (Wisconsin Free Library Commission. American social questions, no. 1) Z7164.S66A5, no. 1 [Z1361.N39S5] Prepared in fulfillment of requirements for graduation, Wisconsin Library School.

48 Spangler, Earl. Bibliography of Negro history: selected and annotated entries, general and Minnesota. Minneapolis, Ross and Haines, 1963. 101 p. Z1361.N39S65

49 Texas. Southern University, _Houston. Library_. Heartman Negro collection; catalogue, v. 1. Houston [1955?] 1 v. (unpaged) [Z881.H84]

50 Thompson, Edgar T., _and_ Alma M. Thompson. Race and region, a descriptive bibliography compiled with special reference to the relations between whites and Negroes in the United States. Chapel Hill, University of North Carolina Press, 1949. 194 p. Z1361.N39T5 Material in the libraries of Duke University, the University of North Carolina, and North Carolina College.

51 Treworgy, Mildred L., _and_ Paul B. Foreman. Negroes in the United States; a bibliography of materials for schools, approvable for purchase in Pennsylvania under NDEA provisions. With a supplement of recent materials on other American minority peoples. University Park, Pa. [Available from the Office of the Director of Libraries, Pennsylvania State University] 1967. 93 p. (Pennsylvania. State University. Libraries. School series, no. 1) PSt

52 Tuskegee Institute. _Dept. of Records and Research._ A bibliography of the student movement protesting segregation and discrimination, 1960. Tuskegee Institute, Ala., 1961. 10 leaves. (_Its_ Records and research pamphlet no. 9) Z7164.R12T8

53 Tuskegee Institute. _Dept. of Records and Research._ A selected list of references relating to the elementary, secondary, and higher education of Negroes, 1949 to June 1955. [Tuskegee Institute, Ala.] 1955. 18 leaves. (_Its_ Records and research pamphlet no. 5) Z1361.N39T8

54 Tuskegee Institute. _Dept. of Records and Research._ A selected list of references relating to the Negro teacher, 1949 to June 1955. [Tuskegee Institute, Ala.] 1955. 3 leaves. (_Its_ Records and research pamphlet no. 7) Z1361.N39T83

55 U.S. _Dept. of Housing and Urban Development. Library._ Bibliography of Robert C. Weaver. [Washington, 1966] 9 leaves. Z7164.H8U446

56 U.S. _Library of Congress._ 75 years of freedom; commemoration of the 75th anniversary of the proclamation of the 13th amendment to the Constitution of the United States. The Library of Congress. [Washington, U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1943] 108 p. col. plates. E185.6.U597 "The contribution of the American Negro to American culture was the theme of a series of exhibits and concerts in the Library of Congress commencing on December 18th, the 75th anniversary of the proclamation of the Thirteenth amendment, which ended slavery in the United States."--p. v.

57 U.S. _Library of Congress. Division of Bibliography._ List of discussions of the fourteenth and fifteenth amendments with special reference to Negro suffrage. Compiled under the direction of Appleton Prentiss Clark Griffin. Washington, Govt. Print. Off., 1906. 18 p. [Z881.U5] Z1361.N39U5

58 U.S. _Library of Congress. Division of Bibliography._ Select list of references on the Negro question. Compiled under the direction of Appleton Prentiss Clark Griffin. 2d issue, with additions. Washington, Govt. Print. Off., 1906. 61 p. [Z881.U5] Z1361.N39U6 1906

59 Weinberg, Meyer. School integration; a comprehensive classified bibliography of 3,100 references. Chicago, Integrated Education Associates, 1967. 137 p. Z5814.D5W4

60 Welsch, Erwin K. The Negro in the United States; a research guide. Bloomington, Indiana University Press, 1965. 142 p. Z1361.N39W4 1965 Bibliography: p. 108-138.

61 Whiteman, Maxwell. A century of fiction by American Negroes, 1853-1952; a descriptive bibliography. Philadelphia, 1955. 64 p. Z1361.N39W5

62 Williams, Daniel T., _and_ Carolyn L. Redden. The Black Muslims in the United States: a selected bibliography. [Tuskegee, Ala.] Hollis Burke Frissell Library, Tuskegee Institute, 1964. 19 leaves. Z7835.B5W5

63 Work, Monroe N. A bibliography of the Negro in Africa and America. New York, Argosy-Antiquarian, 1965. xxi, 698 p. Z5118.N4W6 1965 Reprint of the 1928 ed. "A bibliography of bibliographies on the Negro in the United States": pt. 2, p. [630]-636.

02--REFERENCE SOURCES--Encyclopedias, Biographical Dictionaries, Annuals

64 Bicknell, Marguerite E., _and_ Margaret C. McCulloch. Guide to information about the Negro and Negro-white adjustment. [Memphis, Brunner Print. Co.] 1943. 39 p. E185.61.B5

65 Davis, John P., _ed._ The American Negro reference book. Englewood Cliffs, N.J., Prentice-Hall [1966] xxii, 969 p. illus. E185.D25 Includes bibliographical references.

66 Directory of U.S. Negro newspapers, magazines & periodicals. 1966. [New York] U.S. Negro World. 30 leaves. Z6944.N39D5 Editor: F. B. Sawyer.

67 Ebony. The Negro handbook, compiled by the editors of Ebony. Chicago, Johnson Pub. Co., 1966. 535 p. E185.E2 Includes bibliographies.

68 Encyclopedia of the Negro, preparatory volume with reference lists and reports, by W. E. B. DuBois and Guy B. Johnson; prepared with the cooperation of E. Irene Diggs, Agnes C. L. Donohugh, Guion Johnson [and others]. Introduction by Anson Phelps Stokes. Rev. and enl. ed. New York, Phelps-Stokes Fund, 1946. 215 p. group port. HT1581.E5 1946 "Bibliography of bibliographies": p. [191]-198.

69 Fleming, George J., _and_ Christian E. Burckel. Who's who in colored America. An illustrated biographical dictionary of notable living persons of African descent in the United States. 7th ed. New York, C. E. Burckel, 1950. 648 p. illus. DHU ---- ---- Supplement. New York, C. E. Burckel, 1950. 34 p. DHU

70 [Gibson, John W.] Progress of a race; or, The remarkable advancement of the American Negro, from the bondage of slavery, ignorance, and poverty to the freedom of citizenship, intelligence, affluence, honor and trust. Rev. and enl. by J. L. Nichols and William H. Crogman, with special articles by well known authorities, Mrs. Booker T. Washington, Charles M. Melden, M. W. Dogan, Albon L. Holsey, and an introduction by Robert R. Moton. Naperville, Ill., J. L. Nichols [1929] 480 p. illus., ports. E185.G453 Cover title: _The New Progress of a Race._ 1901 ed. by J. W. Gibson and W. H. Crogman, published under title: _The Colored American._

71 Haley, James T., _comp._ Afro-American encyclopedia; or, The thoughts, doings, and sayings of the race, embracing addresses, lectures, biographical sketches, sermons, poems, names of universities, colleges, seminaries, newspapers, books ... as discussed by more than 100 of their wisest and best men and women. Nashville, Haley & Florida, 1895. 639 p. illus. DHU

72 Julius Rosenwald Fund. Directory of agencies in race relations, national, State and local. Chicago, 1945. 124 p. E184.A1J8 "The burden of the responsibility for compilation and editing ... has been upon Elizabeth Linn Allen."--Introduction.

73 The National cyclopedia of the colored race. Montgomery, Ala., National Pub. Co., 1919. [622] p. illus., ports. E185.N27 Editor: Clement Richardson.

74 The Negro handbook. 1942-49. New York, Malliet. tables. E185.5.N382 Editor: 1942-49, Florence Murray. "Books and periodicals, a list of books by and about Negroes": 1942, p. 194-200. Ceased publication with 1949.

75 Negro year book. New York, W. H. Wise, 1912-52. illus., diagrs., maps. E185.5.N41 No editions were published for 1920-21, 1923/24, 1927/28-1929/30. Editor: 1912-38, M. N. Work. Vols. for 1912-47 issued by Tuskegee Institute. Ceased publication with 1952.

76 Plans for Progress. Directory of Negro colleges and universities, March, 1967. Washington [1967] 103 p. LC2801.P55 1967

77 Ploski, Harry A., _and_ Roscoe C. Brown, _comps._ The Negro almanac. New York, Bellwether Pub. Co. [1967] 1012 p. illus., maps, ports. [E185.P55] [TR: E185.N385] Bibliography: p. 946-965.

78 Who's who in colored America; a biographical dictionary of notable living persons of Negro descent in America. 1927-1938-40. New York, T. Yenser. ports. E185.96.W54 Ceased publication with 1938-40.

79 Who's who of the colored race; a general biographical dictionary of men and women of African descent. Chicago, 1915. 296 p. illus. E185.96.W6 Edited by Frank Lincoln Mather. Memento ed., "Half-Century Anniversary of Negro Freedom in U.S."

80 Williams, Ethel L. Biographical directory of Negro ministers. New York, Scarecrow Press, 1965. 421 p. BR563.N4W5 Bibliography: p. 407-412.

81 Wright, Richard R., _ed._ The encyclopaedia of the African Methodist Episcopal Church, containing principally the biographies of the men and women, both ministers and laymen, whose labors during a hundred and sixty years, helped make the AME Church what it is; ... and other matters concerning African Methodism and the Christian church in general. Compiled by R. R. Wright, Jr., assisted by associate editors, W. A. Fountain [and others]. Introduction by William A. Fountain, foreword by Reverdy Cassius Ransom. 2d ed. Philadelphia, 1947 [i.e. 1948] 688 p. illus., maps, ports. BX8443.W8 1948 First ed., 1916, has title: _Centennial Encyclopedia of the African Methodist Episcopal Church_.

03--ART

82 Albany Institute of History and Art, _Albany_. The Negro artist comes of age; a national survey of contemporary American artists. Albany Institute of History and Art, January 3rd through February 11th, 1945. [Albany, 1945] [77] p. illus., ports. MH Foreword signed: John Davis Hatch, Jr. "Up till now" (p. iii-vii) signed: Alain Locke. Contains biographies.

83 Bowdoin College. _Museum of Fine Arts._ The portrayal of the Negro in American painting; [exhibition] the Bowdoin College Museum of Art. [Catalogue. Brunswick? Me.] 1964. 1 v. (unpaged) illus., ports. N8232.B6

84 Dover, Cedric. American Negro art. [Greenwich, Conn.] New York Graphic Society [1960] 186 p. illus., col. plates, ports. N6538.N5D6 1960 "Bibliography by Maureen Dover": p. 57-60.

85 Harmon Foundation. Negro artists, an illustrated review of their achievements. New York [1935] 59 p. illus., ports. N6538.N5H34 Includes exhibition of paintings by Malvin Gray Johnson and sculptures by Richmond Barthe and Sargent Johnson, presented by the Harmon Foundation in cooperation with the Delphic Studios, April 22-May 4, 1935, inclusive.

86 Locke, Alain L. Negro art: past and present. Washington, Associates in Negro Folk Education, 1936. 122 p. (Bronze booklet no. 3) [E185.5.B85 no. 3] [TR: Call number of original: E185.82.L74] "Reading references" at end of each chapter.

87 Locke, Alain L. The Negro in art; a pictorial record of the Negro artist and of the Negro theme in art; edited and annotated by Alain Locke. Washington, Associates in Negro Folk Education, 1940. 224 p. illus., plates. N6538.N5L6 "Selected bibliography": p. 224.

88 Murray, Freeman H. M. Emancipation and the freed in American sculpture; a study in interpretation. Introduction by John Wesley Cromwell. Washington, The author, 1916. xxviii, 239 p. plates. (Black folk in art series) E185.89.I2M9 "This monograph is chiefly the expansion of papers which were read as lectures ... at the Summer School and Chautauqua of the National Religious Training School at Durham, N.C., in 1913. Some of the matter has also appeared in the _A.M.E. Church Review._"--Preface.

89 The Negro in American art. An exhibition co-sponsored by the California Arts Commission, UCLA Art Galleries, September 11 to October 16, 1966; University of California, Davis, November 1 to December 15, 1966; Fine Arts Gallery of San Diego, January 6 to February 12, 1967; Oakland Art Museum, February 24 to March 19, 1967. [Los Angeles?] UCLA Art Galleries, Dickson Art Center [1967?] 63 p. DLC [TR: N6538.N5N35]

90 New York (City) City University of New York. The evolution of Afro-American artists, 1800-1950. New York, 1967. 70 p. illus. N6538.N5N4 Catalog of an exhibition organized by the City University of New York in cooperation with the Harlem Cultural Council and the New York Urban League, and held at Great Hall, the City College.

91 Porter, James A. Modern Negro art. With eighty-five halftone plates. New York, Dryden Press, 1943. 272 p. illus. N6538.N5P6 Bibliography: p. 183-192. Reprint issued by Arno Press, 1969.

92 Porter, James A. Ten Afro-American artists of the nineteenth century. Washington, Gallery of Art, Howard University [1967] 33 p. illus. N6538.N5P62 Catalog, prepared by J. A. Porter, of an exhibition commemorating the centennial of Howard University held Feb. 3-Mar. 30, 1967, Gallery of Art, Howard University. Bibliography: p. 32-33.

93 Rodman, Selden. Horace Pippin, a Negro painter in America. New York, Quadrangle Press, 1947. 88 p. illus., plates (part mounted col.), ports. ND237.P65R6

94 Roelof-Lanner, T. V., _ed._ Prints by American Negro artists. Los Angeles, Cultural Exchange Center [1965] [11] p., [51] illus. (part col.) NE508.R6

95 Schoener, Allon, _comp._ Harlem on my mind; cultural capital of Black America, 1900-1968. Preface by Thomas P. F. Hoving. Introduction by Candice Van Ellison. New York, Random House [1969, c1968] 255 p. illus., ports. F128.68.H3S3 Supplements an exhibition held at the Metropolitan Museum of Art in 1969 and organized by the museum in association with the New York State Council on the Arts.

96 United States Committee for the First World Festival of Negro Arts. Dix artistes negres des Etats-Unis; premier Festival mondial des arts negres, Dakar, Senegal, 1966. Ten Negro artists from the United States; first World Festival of Negro Arts, Dakar, Senegal, 1966. An exhibition produced and sponsored by the United States Committee for the First World Festival of Negro Arts, Inc., and the National Collection of Fine Arts, Smithsonian Institution. [Text translation prepared by Denise and Michel Berthier. New York, Distributed by October House, 1966] 1 v. (unpaged) illus., ports. N6538.N5U513 "The exhibition will be circulated in the United States by the American Federation of Arts." English and French.

97 White, Charles. Images of dignity: the drawings of Charles White. Foreword by Harry Belafonte. Introduction by James Porter. Commentary by Benjamin Horowitz. [Los Angeles] W. Ritchie Press [1967] 121 p. illus., port. [NC1075.W55H6] [TR: NC139.W454A4 1967]

04--BIOGRAPHY AND AUTOBIOGRAPHY--Collective

98 Adams, Russell L. Great Negroes, past and present. Illustrations by Eugene Winslow. David P. Ross, Jr., editor. Chicago, Afro-Am Pub. Co. [c1963] 182 p. illus. (part col.), maps (part col.), ports. (part col.) E185.96.A4 Bibliography: p. 178-179.

99 Bardolph, Richard. The Negro vanguard. New York, Rinehart [1959] 388 p. E185.96.B28 Bibliography: p. 343-369.

99a Barton, Rebecca C. Witnesses for freedom; Negro Americans in autobiography. Foreword by Alain Locke. New York, Harper [1948] 294 p. E185.96.B3 Bibliography: p. 286-287.

100 Bennett, Lerone. Pioneers in protest. Chicago, Johnson Pub. Co., 1968. 267 p. ports. E185.96.B4

101 Bontemps, Arna W. Famous Negro athletes. New York, Dodd, Mead [1964] 155 p. ports. (Famous biographies for young people) GV697.A1B575

102 Bontemps, Arna W., _and_ Jack Conroy. Anyplace but here. New York, Hill and Wang [1966] 372 p. E185.6.B75 1966 "A revised and expanded version of _They Seek a City_."--Dust jacket. Bibliography: p. 349-360.

103 Bontemps, Arna W. We have tomorrow. Illustrated with photographs by Marian Palfi. Boston, Houghton Mifflin Co., 1945. 131 p. ports. E185.96.B6 Biographical sketches of 12 young Negro men and women.

104 Brawley, Benjamin G. Negro builders and heroes. Chapel Hill, University of North Carolina Press, 1937. 315 p. ports. E185.96.B797 "Bibliographical notes": p. 293-304.

105 Brown, Hallie Q., _comp._ Homespun heroines and other women of distinction. Foreword by Mrs. Josephine Turpin Washington. [Xenia, Ohio, Aldine Pub. Co., c1926] 248 p. ports. E185.96.B84

106 Brown, William W. The black man, his antecedents, his genius, and his achievements. New York, T. Hamilton, 1863. 288 p. E185.96.B86 "Memoir of the author": p. 11-29.

107 Bruce, John E., _comp._ Short biographical sketches of eminent Negro men and women in Europe and the United States, with brief extracts from their writings and public utterances. Yonkers, N.Y. [Gazette Press] 1910. 103 p. E185.96.B88

108 Bryant, Lawrence C. Negro lawmakers in the South Carolina Legislature, 1869-1902. Orangeburg, School of Graduate Studies, South Carolina State College [1968] 142 p. E185.93.S7B75 Bibliographical footnotes.

109 Bryant, Lawrence C. Negro senators and representatives in the South Carolina Legislature, 1868-1902. Orangeburg, S. C.[1968] 199 p. E185.93.S7B76 Bibliographical footnotes.

110 Bullock, Ralph W. In spite of handicaps; brief biographical sketches with discussion outlines of outstanding Negroes now living who are achieving distinction in various lines of endeavor. With a foreword by Channing H. Tobias. Freeport, N.Y., Books for Libraries Press [1968] 140 p. ports. (Essay index reprint series) E185.96.B93 1968 Reprint of the 1927 ed. Bibliography: p. 131-140.

111 Cherry, Gwendolyn, Ruby Thomas, _and_ Pauline Willis. Portraits in color; the lives of colorful Negro women. New York, Pageant Press [1962] 224 p. illus. E185.96.C45 Bibliography: p. 207-224.

112 Child, Lydia M. F. The freedmen's book. New York, Arno Press, 1968. 277 p. (The American Negro, his history and literature) E185.86.C46 1968 Reprint of the 1865 ed.

113 Christmas, Walter, _ed._ Negroes in public affairs and government. Contributors: Clifford A. Bradshaw [and others] Photographic editor: Roland Mitchell. Preface: Alfred E. Cain. v. 1. Yonkers [N.Y.] Educational Heritage [1966] 352 p. illus., ports. (Negro heritage library) E185.96.C47 Bibliography: p. 342-345.

114 Daniel, Sadie I. Women builders. Washington, Associated Publishers [c1931] xviii, 187 p. plates, ports. E185.96.D23 Contents.--Lucy Craft Laney.--Maggie Lena Walker.--Janie Porter Barrett.--Mary McLeod Bethune.--Nannie Helen Burroughs.--Charlotte Hawkins Brown.--Jane Edna Hunter.

115 Dannett, Sylvia G. L. Profiles of Negro womanhood. Illustrations: Horace Varela. Roll of honor portraits: Tom Feelings. Yonkers, N.Y., Educational Heritage [1964-66] 2 v. illus., facsims., ports. (Negro heritage library) E185.96.D25 Includes bibliographies. Contents.--v. 1. 1619-1900.--v. 2. 20th century.

116 David, Jay, _comp._ Growing up black. New York, Morrow, 1968. 256 p. [E185.96.D283] [TR: E185.96.G76 1992] Includes well-known personalities such as Ethel Waters, Richard Wright, Dick Gregory, and Booker T. Washington.

117 Dobler, Lavinia G., _and_ Edgar A. Toppin. Pioneers and patriots: the lives of six Negroes of the Revolutionary era. Illustrated by Colleen Browning. Garden City, N.Y., Doubleday, 1965. 118 p. illus., facsims., ports. (Zenith books) E185.96.D6

118 Embree, Edwin R. 13 against the odds. New York, Viking Press, 1944. 261 p. ports. E185.96.E4 Contents.--Mary McLeod Bethune, Amazon of God.--Richard Wright, native son.--Charles S. Johnson, a scholar and a gentleman.--Walter White, little David.--George Washington Carver, sweet potato wizard.--Langston Hughes, Shakespeare in Harlem.--Marian Anderson, deep river of song.--W. E. B. DuBois, elder statesman.--Mordecai W. Johnson, Lord high chancellor.--William Grant Still, music maker.--A. Philip Randolph, Saint Philip of the Pullman porters.--Joe Louis, champion of the world.--Paul Robeson, voice of freedom.

119 Foley, Albert S. God's men of color; the colored Catholic priests of the United States, 1854-1954. With a foreword by Richard J. Cushing, Archbishop of Boston. New York, Farrar, Straus [1955] 322 p. BX4670.F6 Reprint issued by Arno Press, 1969.

120 Haynes, Elizabeth R. Unsung heroes. New York, DuBois and Dill, 1921. 270 p. illus., ports. E185.96.H4 Contents.--Frederick Douglass.--Paul Laurence Dunbar.--Booker T. Washington.--Harriet Tubman.--Alexander S. Pushkin.--Blanche Kelso Bruce.--Samuel Coleridge-Taylor.--Benjamin Banneker.--Phillis Wheatley.--Toussaint L'Ouverture.--Josiah Henson.--Sojourner Truth.--Crispus Attucks.--Alexandre Dumas.--Paul Cuffe.--Alexander Crummell.--John Mercer Langston.

121 Hill, Roy L. Who's who in the American Negro press. Dallas, Royal Pub. Co. [1960] 80 p. PN4888.N4H5 Bibliography: p. 70.

122 Hughes, Langston. Famous Negro heroes of America. Illustrated by Gerald McCann. New York, Dodd, Mead, 1958. 202 p. illus. (Famous biographies for young people) E185.96.H82

123 Hughes, Langston. Famous Negro music makers: illustrated with photographs. New York, Dodd, Mead, 1955. 179 p. illus. (Famous biographies for young people) ML3556.H9

124 Huie, William B. Three lives for Mississippi. With an introduction by Martin Luther King, Jr. [New York] New American Library [1968] 160 p. illus., maps, plans, ports. (A Signet book) F347.N4H8 1968 Concerns civil rights workers Andrew Goodman, James E. Chaney, and Michael H. Schwerner.

125 Lomax, Louis E. To kill a black man. Los Angeles, Holloway House Pub. Co.; [distributed by: All America Distributors Corp., 1968] 256 p. E185.97.L5L6 Malcolm X and Martin Luther King are the subjects of this study.

126 Majors, Monroe A. Noted Negro women, their triumphs and activities. Chicago, Donohue & Henneberry [c1893] xvi, 365 p. illus., ports. E185.96.M23

127 Metcalf, George R. Black profiles. New York, McGraw-Hill [1968] 341 p. E185.96.M48 Bibliographical references included in "A note on sources" (p. 337-340). Contents.--Martin Luther King, Jr.--William E. B. DuBois.--Roy Wilkins.--Thurgood Marshall.--Jackie Robinson.--Harriet Tubman.--Medgar Wiley Evers.--James H. Meredith.--Rosa Parks.--Edward W. Brooke.--Whitney Moore Young, Jr.

128 Moseley, J. H. Sixty years in Congress and twenty-eight out. New York, Vantage Press [1960] 99 p. illus. [JK1021.M75] [TR: E185.96.M84]

129 [Mott, Abigail F., _and_ M. S. Wood], _comps._ Narratives of colored Americans. Printed by order of the Trustees of the residuary estate of Lindley Murray. New York, W. Wood & co., 1877. E185.96.M92

130 Murray, Pauli. Proud shoes; the story of an American family. New York, Harper [1956] 276 p. E185.97.M95

131 The National register; pertinent facts about colored Americans. Louisville, Ky., Register Publications, 1952. 632 p. E185.96.N37 Editor: T. J. Johnson.

132 Newbold, Nathan C., _ed._ Five North Carolina Negro educators; prepared under the direction of N. C. Newbold. Chapel Hill, University of North Carolina Press, 1939. 142 p. ports. LC2802.N8N4 Biographical sketches composed by committees organized in nine North Carolina colleges, each committee consisting of one faculty adviser and one or more students. "Published under the auspices of the Division of Cooperation in Education and Race Relations; cooperating organizations: State Department of Public Instruction, University of North Carolina [and] Duke University." Contents.--Simon Green Atkins.--James Benson Dudley.--Annie Wealthy Holland.--Peter Weddick Moore.--Ezekiel Ezra Smith.

133 Nichols, Charles H. Many thousand gone; the ex-slaves' account of their bondage and freedom. Leiden, Brill, 1963. xvi, 229 p. (Studies in American literature and history, 1) E444.N5 Bibliography: p. [213]-224.

134 Ovington, Mary W. Portraits in color. New York, Viking Press, 1927. 241 p. E185.96.O96 Contents.--James Weldon Johnson.--Marcus Garvey.--Max Yergan.--Mordecai W. Johnson.--Lucy Laney.--Robert Russa Moton.--W. E. Burghardt DuBois.--Scipio Africanus Jones.--Walter White.--Robert S. Abbott.--Maggie Lena Walker.--Eugene Kinckle Jones.--Louis Tompkins Wright.--Ernest Everett Just.--George Washington Carver.--Janie Porter Barrett.--Langston Hughes.--Paul Robeson.--Meta Vaux Warrick Fuller.--Roland Hayes.

135 Redding, Jay Saunders. The lonesome road; the story of the Negro's part in America. New York, Doubleday, 1958. 355 p. (Mainstream of America series) E185.61.R298 Bibliography: p. 335-340. The lives of 12 Negro men and women and their struggle for equal rights.

136 Richardson, Ben A. Great American Negroes; rev. by William A. Fahey, illustrated by Robert Hallock. New York, Crowell [1956] 339 p. illus. E185.96.R5 1956

137 Robinson, Wilhelmena S. Historical Negro biographies. New York, Publishers Co. [1967] 291 p. ports. (International library of Negro life and history) DT18.R57 Published under the auspices of the Association for the Study of Negro Life and History. Bibliography: p. 271-281.

138 Rogers, Joel A. World's great men of color. New York, J. A. Rogers [1946-47] 2 v. illus., ports. DT18.R59 On cover: 3000 B.C. to 1946 A.D. Paged continuously. Includes bibliographies.

139 Rollins, Charlemae H. Famous American Negro poets. New York, Dodd, Mead [1965] 95 p. ports. (Famous biographies for young people) PS153.N5R6

140 Rollins, Charlemae H. Famous Negro entertainers of stage, screen, and TV. New York, Dodd, Mead [1967] 122 p. ports. (Famous biographies for young people) PN2286.R6 Contents.--Ira Aldridge.--Marian Anderson.--Louis "Satchmo" Armstrong.--Josephine Baker.--Harry Belafonte.--Nat "King" Cole.--Sammy Davis, Jr.--"Duke" Ellington.--Lena Horne.--Eartha Kitt.--Sidney Poitier.--Leontyne Price.--Paul Robeson.---Bill "Bojangles" Robinson.--"Bert" Williams.--Thomas "Fats" Waller.

141 Rollins, Charlemae H. They showed the way; forty American Negro leaders. New York, Crowell [1964] 165 p. E185.96.R6

142 Scruggs, Lawson A. Women of distinction: remarkable in works and invincible in character. Introduction by Mrs. Josephine Turpin Washington. Special contributions by T. Thomas Fortune, William Still. Raleigh, L. A. Scruggs, 1893. xxiii, 382 p. illus., ports. E185.96.S4

143 Simmons, William J. Men of mark; eminent, progressive and rising. New York, Arno Press, 1968. 1141 p. ports. (The American Negro, his history and literature) E185.96.S45 1968 Reprint of the 1887 ed.

144 Spellman, A. B. Four lives in the bebop business. New York, Pantheon Books [1966] xiv, 241 p. ML394.S74

145 Sterne, Emma G. I have a dream. Illustrated by Tracy Sugarman. New York, Knopf [1965] x, 229, iv p. illus. E185.96.S79 Bibliography: p. [i]-iv (3d group). Contents.--Lift every voice and sing: Marian Anderson.--For life, liberty, and the pursuit of jobs: Asa Philip Randolph.--Freedom on the seas: Hugh Mulzac.--Hammer of justice: Thurgood Marshall.--Tired feet and rested hearts: Rosa Lee Parks.--At the point of the bayonet: Daisy Bates.--When freedom is a cup of coffee: James Farmer.--The man with the bulletproof soul: Fred Shuttlesworth.--We shall overcome: John Lewis.--One day out of a long tomorrow.

146 Styles, Fitzhugh L. The Negro lawyers' contribution to seventy-one years of our progress. 71st anniversary celebration of Negro progress, Philadelphia, 1863-1934. [Philadelphia, Summer Press, c1934] [13] p. ports. E185.96.S83

147 Troup, Cornelius V. Distinguished Negro Georgians. Dallas, Royal Pub. Co. [1962] 203 p. E185.93.G4T7 Bibliography: p. 195-199.

148 Washington, John E. They knew Lincoln. With an introduction by Carl Sandburg. New York, E. P. Dutton, 1942. 244, [21] p. facsims., plates, ports. E457.15.W32 "Personal narrative of a Negro boy and man who sought all that could be possibly known about Abraham Lincoln from Negroes having impressions or facts he considered worth record."--Introduction.

149 Wright, Richard R. The bishops of the African Methodist Episcopal Church. [Nashville] Printed by the A.M.E. Sunday School Union, 1963. 389 p. BX8442.W7

150 Young, Andrew S. N. Great Negro baseball stars, and how they made the major leagues. New York, A. S. Barnes [1953] 248 p. illus. [GV865.Y6A3] [TR: GV865.A1Y6]

05--BIOGRAPHY AND AUTOBIOGRAPHY--Individual

151 Allen, Walter C., _and_ Brian A. L. Rust. King Joe Oliver. London, Sidgwick and Jackson [1958] 224 p. illus. ML419.O4A6 1958 Biography of a great jazz musician.

152 Anderson, Marian. My Lord, what a morning; an autobiography. New York, Viking Press, 1956. 312 p. illus. ML420.A6A3

153 Armstrong, Henry. Gloves, glory, and God; an autobiography. [Westwood, N.J.] F. H. Revell Co. [1956] 256 p. illus. GV1132.A7A3

154 Ashe, Arthur. Advantage Ashe, by Arthur Ashe, Jr., as told to Clifford George Gewecke, Jr. New York, Coward-McCann [1967] 192 p. illus. GV994.A7A3 The achievements to date of an outstanding tennis player.

155 Aunt Sally; or, The cross the way to freedom. A narrative of the slave-life and purchase of the mother of Rev. Isaac Williams, of Detroit, Michigan. Cincinnati, American Reform Tract and Book Society, 1862. 216 p. illus., ports. E444.W79 Slave life in North Carolina and Alabama.

156 Bailey, Pearl. The raw Pearl. New York, Harcourt, Brace & World [1968] 206 p. ports. ML420.B123A3

157 [Ball, Charles] Fifty years in chains; or, The life of an American slave. New York, H. Dayton, 1859. 430 p. E444.B184 Prepared by ---- Fisher from the verbal narrative of Ball, a slave. Earlier editions published under title: _Slavery in the United States._

158 Bartlett, Irving H. Wendell Phillips, Brahmin radical. Boston, Beacon Press [1961] 438 p. E449.P5594 Bibliographical references included in "Notes" (p. 402-432). An abolitionist leader.

159 Beckwourth, James P. The life and adventures of James P. Beckwourth [edited by] T. D. Bonner. New York, Arno Press, 1969. 537 p. illus. (The American Negro, his history and literature) F592.B388 1969 Reprint of the 1856 ed.

160 Bennett, Lerone. What manner of man; a biography of Martin Luther King, Jr. With an introduction by Benjamin E. Mays. [3d rev. ed.] Chicago, Johnson Pub. Co., 1958. 251 p. illus., ports. E185.97.K5B4 1968

161 Bernard, Jacqueline. Journey toward freedom; the story of Sojourner Truth. New York, Norton [1967] xiv, 265 p. illus., ports. E185.97.T82 Bibliography: p. [255]-259. Upon gaining her freedom in 1828, Sojourner Truth became a lecturer advocating immediate emancipation for her people and the right to vote for women.

162 Bibb, Henry. Narrative of the life and adventures of Henry Bibb, an American slave, written by himself. With an introduction by Lucius C. Matlack. New York, The author, 1949. 204 p. illus. E444.B58

163 Bleiweiss, Robert M., Jacqueline L. Harris, _and_ Joseph R. Marfuggi. Marching to freedom; the life of Martin Luther King, Jr. Middletown, Conn., American Education Publications [1968] 152 p. illus., ports. E185.97.K5B55

164 Bradford, Sarah E. H. Harriet Tubman, the Moses of her people. Introduction by Butler A. Jones. New York, Corinth Books [1961] 149 p. illus. (The American experience series) [E444.T894] [TR: E444.T82B73 1993] First ed. published in 1869 under title: _Scenes in the Life of Harriet Tubman._ "Reprint of the expanded second edition of 1886."

165 Branch, Hettye W. The story of "80 John," a biography of one of the most respected Negro ranchmen in the Old West. New York, Greenwich Book Publishers [1960] 59 p. F392.M6B7 A brief story of Daniel Webster Wallace, a Negro rancher.

166 Brawley, Benjamin G. Paul Laurence Dunbar, poet of his people. Chapel Hill, University of North Carolina Press, 1936. 159 p. port. PS1557.B7 "Appendix. The Praise of Dunbar": p. 127-140. Bibliography: p. 141-151.

167 Broderick, Francis L. W. E. B. DuBois, Negro leader in a time of crisis. Stanford, Calif., Stanford University Press, 1959. 259 p. illus. E185.97.D73B7 Bibliography: p. [233]-236.

168 Brown, Claude. Manchild in the promised land. New York, Macmillan [1965] 415 p. E185.97.B86A3 Autobiographical study of life in Harlem.

169 Brown, John. Slave life in Georgia: a narrative of the life, sufferings, and escape of John Brown, a fugitive slave, now in England. Edited by L. A. Chamerovzow. London [W. M. Watts] 1855. 250 p. port. E444.B87

170 Buckle, Richard, _ed._ Katherine Dunham, her dancers, singers, musicians. Illustrations by Roger Wood and other photographers. London, Ballet Publications [1949] xvi, 79 p. (chiefly illus.) GV1631.B8 English and French.

171 Buckler, Helen. Doctor Dan, pioneer in American surgery. Boston, Little, Brown [1954] 381 p. illus. R154.W5225B8 Daniel Hale Williams was the first surgeon to operate on the heart. 2d ed. published in 1968 under title: _Daniel Hale Williams, Negro Surgeon._

172 Byrd, James W. J. Mason Brewer, Negro folklorist. Austin, Tex., Steck-Vaughn Co. [1967] 44 p. (Southwest writers series, no. 12) GR55.B7B9 Bibliography: p. 43-44.

173 Cade, John B. Holsey, the incomparable. New York, Pageant Press [1964] 221 p. BX8473.H58C3 Bibliography: p. 208-211. Lucius Henry Holsey was a bishop in the Colored Methodist Episcopal Church in America.

174 Campanella, Roy. It's good to be alive. Boston, Little, Brown [1959] 306 p. illus. GV865.C3A3 Life of one of the greatest baseball catchers.

175 Chesnutt, Helen M. Charles Waddell Chesnutt, pioneer of the color line. Chapel Hill, University of North Carolina Press [1952] 324 p. port. PS1292.C6Z68 See Fiction section for his novels.

176 Christian, Malcolm H. My country and I; the interracial experiences of an American Negro. With essays on interracial understanding. New York, Exposition Press [1963] 96 p. E185.97.C5A3

177 Clark, Septima P., _and_ LeGette Blythe. Echo in my soul. Foreword by Harry Golden. New York, Dutton, 1962. 243 p. illus. E185.97.C59A3 An autobiography of Septima Clark.

177a Conrad, Earl. Harriet Tubman. Washington, Associated Publishers [1943] xiv, 248 p. E444.T896 "Documentation": p. 227-238.

178 Cotton, Ella E. A spark for my people; the sociological autobiography of a Negro teacher. New York, Exposition Press [1954] 288 p. LA2317.C64A3

179 Cronon, Edmund D. Black Moses; the story of Marcus Garvey and the Universal Negro Improvement Association. Madison, University of Wisconsin Press, 1955. 278 p. illus. E185.97.G3C7

180 Cunningham, Virginia. Paul Laurence Dunbar and his song; illustrated with photographs. New York, Dodd, Mead, 1947. 283 p. illus. PS1557.C8 Bibliography: p. 267-283.

181 Daly, John J. A song in his heart. Introduction by Harry F. Byrd; illustrated by Marian L. Larer. Philadelphia, Winston [1951] 102 p. illus. ML410.B627D3 Songs: p. 71-102. Biography of James A. Bland, composer of "Carry Me Back to Old Virginny."

182 Dancy, John C. Sand against the wind; the memoirs of John C. Dancy. With a foreword by Frank Angelo. Detroit, Wayne State University Press, 1966. 249 p. illus., ports. E185.97.D22A3 The author was a political leader in Detroit.

183 Davis, Edwin A., _and_ William R. Hogan. The barber of Natchez, wherein a slave is freed and rises to a very high standing; wherein the former slave writes a two-thousand-page journal about his town and himself; wherein the free Negro diarist is appraised in terms of his friends, his code, and his community's reaction to his wanton murder. Baton Rouge, Louisiana State University Press [1954] 272 p. illus., facsim., port. E185.97.J697D3 A memoir of William Johnson.

184 Davis, Sammy, Jane Boyar, _and_ Burt Boyar. Yes I can; [the story of Sammy Davis, Jr. New York, Farrar, Straus & Giroux, 1965] 612 p. ports. PN2287.D322A3

185 Douglass, Frederick. Life and times of Frederick Douglass: his early life as a slave, his escape from bondage, and his complete history, written by himself. With a new introduction by Rayford W. Logan. New York, Collier Books [1962] 640 p. (Collier books, BS74) E449.D744 1962 Reprinted from the rev. ed. of _My Bondage and My Freedom_, published in 1892. Includes bibliography.

186 Douglass, Frederick. Narrative of the life of Frederick Douglass, an American slave, written by himself. Edited by Benjamin Quarles. Cambridge, Mass., Belknap Press, 1960. xxvi, 163 p. map, port. (The John Harvard library) E449.D74905

187 Douty, Esther M. Forten, the sailmaker; pioneer champion of Negro rights. Chicago, Rand McNally [1968] 208 p. illus., ports. E185.97.F717D6 Bibliography: p. 200-201. James Forten, an inventor and sailmaker, fought for civil rights of the Negro in the eighteenth century. He was a prominent Philadelphia Negro leader.

188 DuBois, William E. B. The autobiography of W. E. B. DuBois; a soliloquy on viewing my life from the last decade of its first century. [New York] International Publishers [1968] 448 p. ports. E185.97.D73A3 A selected bibliography of the published writings of W. E. B. DuBois: p. 431-437.

189 DuBois, William E. B. John Brown. Centennial ed. New York, International Publishers [1962] 414 p. illus. E451.D81 1962 First published in 1909. Bibliography: p. [405]-408.

190 Dunham, Katherine. A touch of innocence. New York, Harcourt, Brace [1959] 312 p. GV1785.D82A3 A well-known dancer and choreographer relates her experiences.

191 Elliott, Lawrence. George Washington Carver: the man who overcame. Englewood Cliffs, N.J., Prentice-Hall [1966] 256 p. port. S417.C3E4 Bibliography: p. 255-256.

192 Emanuel, James A. Langston Hughes. New York, Twayne Publishers [1967] 192 p. (Twayne's United States authors series, TUSAS 123) PS3515.U274Z64 Bibliography: p. 184-188.

193 English, James W. Handyman of the Lord: the life and ministry of the Rev. William Holmes Borders. New York, Meredith Press [1967] 177 p. BX6455.B63E5

194 Farr, Finis. Black champion; the life and times of Jack Johnson. New York, Scribner [1964] 245 p. ports. GV1132.J73F3 The first Negro heavyweight champion of the world.

195 Feldman, Eugene P. R. Black power in old Alabama; the life and stirring times of James T. Rapier, Afro-American Congressman from Alabama, 1839-1883. Illustrations by Margaret T. Burroughs [and] Jennie Washington. [Chicago] Museum of African American History [1968] 69 p. illus., map, port. E185.97.R3F4 Bibliographical references included in "Footnotes" (p. [70]-[72]). Bibliography (annotated): p. [73]-[74].

196 Fisher, Miles M. The Master's slave, Elijah John Fisher; a biography, by his son, Miles Mark Fisher. With an introduction by the Rev. Lacey Kirk Williams, and an appreciation by the Hon. Martin B. Madden. Philadelphia, Judson Press [1922] 194 p. plates, ports. BX6455.F5F5

197 Flipper, Henry O. The colored cadet at West Point. New York, Arno Press, 1969. 322 p. illus. (The American Negro, his history and literature.) U410.P1F6 1969 Reprint of the 1878 ed.

198 Flipper, Henry O. Negro frontiersman: the Western memoirs of Henry O. Flipper, first Negro graduate of West Point. Edited with an introduction by Theodore D. Harris. El Paso, Texas Western College Press, 1963. 54 p. ports. E185.97.F5 1963 "Sequel to ... _The Colored Cadet at West Point_ ... published in 1878."

199 Foley, Albert S. Bishop Healy: beloved outcaste; the story of a great priest whose life has become a legend. New York, Farrar, Straus and Young [1954] 243 p. illus. BX4705.H37F6 The life of James Augustine Healy, a bishop in the Catholic Church.

200 Foner, Philip S. Frederick Douglass, a biography. New York, Citadel Press [1964] 444 p. port. E449.D755 "Reference notes": p. [377]-434.

201 Forman, James. Sammy Younge, Jr.: the first black college student to die in the black liberation movement. New York, Grove Press [1968] 282 p. illus., map, ports. E185.97.Y64F6

202 Garvey, Amy J. Garvey and Garveyism. [Kingston, Jamaica, c1963] 287 p. ports. E185.97.G3G3 Biography of Marcus Garvey.

203 Garvey, Marcus. Philosophy and opinions. New York, Arno Press, 1968. 102 p. (The American Negro, his history and literature) [E185.97.G3A25] [TR: E185.97.G3A249] Reprint of 1923 ed. with a new introduction.

204 Gibson, Althea. I always wanted to be somebody. Edited by Ed Fitzgerald. New York, Harper [1958] 176 p. illus. GV994.G5A3 The story of the rise to fame of a Negro woman tennis star.

205 Gilbert, Olive. Narrative of Sojourner Truth. New York, Arno Press, 1968. 320 p. illus., facsims., ports. (The American Negro; his history and literature) E185.97.T882 First published in 1850. Reprint of the 1878 ed. "Book of life [by Frances W. Titus]": p. [127]-320. Life of one of the few Negro women abolitionists.

206 Graham, Shirley. Paul Robeson, citizen of the world. Foreword by Carl Van Doren. New York, J. Messner [1946] 264 p. ports. E185.97.R64 [TR: Du Bois, Shirley Graham E185.97.R635 1971] Bibliography: p. 259. The story of an all-American football star who became an internationally famous singer and actor.

207 Graham, Shirley. Your most humble servant. New York, Messner [1949] 235 p. [QB36.B22G7] [TR: Du Bois, Shirley Graham QB36.B22D82] "Notes on sources": p. 227-235. The story of Benjamin Banneker, mathematician and astronomer, who helped L'Enfant plan the city of Washington.

208 Gregory, Dick. Nigger; an autobiography, by Dick Gregory with Robert Lipsyte. New York, Dutton, 1964. 224 p. illus., ports. PN2287.G68A3

209 Hammon, Briton. A narrative of the uncommon sufferings, and surprizing deliverance of Briton Hammon, a Negro man ... servant to General Winslow, of Marshfield, in New-England; who returned to Boston, after having been absent almost thirteen years. Containing an account of the many hardships he underwent from the time he left his master's house, in the year 1747, to the time of his return to Boston.--How he was cast away in the capes of Florida; ... the horrid cruelty ... of the Indians in murdering the whole ship's crew; ... the manner of his being carried by them into captivity. Also, an account of his being confined four years and seven months in a close dungeon. Boston, Printed and sold by Green & Russell, 1760. 14 p. F314.H22 Probably the earliest imprint by an American Negro.

210 Handy, William C. Father of the blues; an autobiography of W. C. Handy, edited by Arna Bontemps, with a foreword by Abbe Niles. New York, Macmillan, 1941. xiv, 317 p. plate, port. ML410.H18B6 Includes music. "Compositions, arrangements and books by W. C. Handy": p. 3O5-3O8.

211 Hardwick, Richard. Charles Richard Drew, pioneer in blood research. New York, Scribner [1967] 144 p. QP26.D7H3

212 Hare, Maud C. Norris Wright Cuney: a tribune of the Black people. Introduction by Robert C. Cotner. Austin, Tex., Steck-Vaughn [c1968] xv, 230 p. illus., ports. (Steck-Vaughn's Life and adventure series) E185.97.C97H3 1913a A facsimile reproduction of the 1913 edition with new introduction. The story of a prominent Texas politician in the 1870's.

213 Harrison, Deloris. We shall live in peace: the teachings of Martin Luther King, Jr. Edited, and with commentary, by Deloris Harrison. Illustrated by Ernest Crichlow. New York, Hawthorn Books [1968] 64 p. illus. E185.97.K5H3

214 Hawkins, Hugh, _ed._ Booker T. Washington and his critics; the problem of Negro leadership. Boston, Heath [1962] 113 p. (Problems in American civilization) E185.97.W235 Includes bibliography.

215 Hawkins, William G. Lunsford Lane; or, Another helper from North Carolina. Boston, Crosby & Nichols, 1863. 305 p. port. E444.L26 Lane, an antislavery lecturer, spent 32 years in slavery. He served as "waiter and messenger" to two Governors of the State of North Carolina.

216 Hayden, William. Narrative of William Hayden, containing a faithful account of his travels for a number of years, whilst a slave, in the South. Cincinnati [Published for the author] 1846. 156 p. plates, port. E444.H41

217 Henson, Josiah. Father Henson's story of his own life. Introduction by Walter Fisher. New York, Corinth Books [1962] 212 p. illus. (The American experience series, AE18) E444.H523 1962 First published in 1858 under title: _Truth Stranger than Fiction: Father Henson's Story of His Own Life._

218 Henson, Matthew A. A Negro explorer at the North Pole. With a foreword by Robert E. Peary and an introduction by Booker T. Washington; with illustrations from photographs. New York, F. A. Stokes Co. [1912] xx, 200 p. illus., plates, ports. G670.1909.H5 Reprint issued by Arno Press, 1969.

219 Hickey, Neil, _and_ Ed Edwin. Adam Clayton Powell and the politics of race. New York, Fleet Pub. Corp. [1965] 308 p. illus., ports. E748.P86H5 Bibliography: p. 299-300.

220 Holdredge, Helen O. Mammy Pleasant's partner. New York, Putnam [c1954] 300 p. illus. F869.S3B4 1954 The story of Thomas Frederick Bell in San Francisco.

221 Holt, Rackham. George Washington Carver, an American biography. Rev. ed. Garden City, N.Y., Doubleday [1963] 360 p. illus. S417.C3H6 1963

222 Holt, Rackham. Mary McLeod Bethune; a biography. Garden City, N.Y., Doubleday, 1964. 306 p. illus., ports. E185.97.B34H6 An outstanding educator and political figure.

223 Horne, Lena, _and_ Richard Schickel. Lena. Garden City, N.Y., Doubleday, 1965. 300 p. illus., ports. ML420.H65A35

224 Hoyt, Edwin P. Paul Robeson, the American Othello. Cleveland, World Pub. Co. [1967] 228 p. ML420.R73H7 Bibliographical footnotes.

225 Hughes, Langston. The big sea, an autobiography. New York, Hill and Wang [1963, c1940] 335 p. (American century series) PS3515.U274Z5 1963 "AC65."

226 Hughes, Langston. I wonder as I wander; an autobiographical journey. New York, Rinehart [1956] 405 p. PS3515.U274Z58

227 Hughes, William H., _and_ Frederick D. Patterson, _eds._ Robert Russa Moton of Hampton and Tuskegee. Chapel Hill, University of North Carolina Press [1956] 238 p. illus. E185.97.M92H8 "Volume of tributes to the life of Dr. Robert Russa Moton."

228 Huie, William B. Ruby McCollum; woman in the Suwannee jail. Rev. ed. [New York] New American Library [1964] 190 p. illus., port. (A Signet book) DLC-LL [TR: LAW]

229 Hunton, George K. All of which I saw, part of which I was; the autobiography of George K. Hunton as told to Gary MacEoin. Introduction by Roy Wilkins. Garden City, N.Y., Doubleday, 1967. 283 p. E185.61.H96 A crusader for racial justice.

230 Jackson, Mahalia. Movin' on up. With Evan McLeod Wylie. New York, Hawthorn Books [1966] 212 p. illus., ports. ML420.J17A3 Discography: p. [215], [218]-[219]. Probably the best known gospel singer.

230a Jefferson, Isaac. Memoirs of a Monticello slave, as dictated to Charles Campbell in the 1840's by Isaac, one of Thomas Jefferson's slaves. Edited by Rayford W. Logan. Charlottesville, Published by the University of Virginia Press for the Tracy W. McGregor Library, 1951. 45 p. port. E444.J4 "Appeared simultaneously in the autumn 1951 _William and Mary Quarterly_." "Bibliographical note": p. 37-38.

231 Johnson, James W. Along this way; the autobiography of James Weldon Johnson. New York, Viking Press, 1933. 418 p. plates, ports. [E185.97.J69] [TR: PS3519.O2625Z463 1933] Life of a diplomat, poet, and anthologist.

232 Keckley, Elizabeth H. Behind the scenes; or, Thirty years a slave, and four years in the White House. New York, G. W. Carleton, 1868. xvi, 371 p. port. E457.15.K26 An unusual portrait of Mary Todd Lincoln by her dressmaker and "confidante" who served her while in the White House. Reprint issued by Arno Press, 1968.

233 Kitt, Eartha. Thursday's child. New York, Duell, Sloan and Pearce [1956] 250 p. illus. ML420.K5A3 Autobiographical.

234 Kytle, Elizabeth L. Willie Mae. New York, Knopf, 1958. 243 p. E185.97.W62K9 Story of a Negro servant by one of her white employers.

235 Lee, Reba, _pseud._ I passed for white, by Reba Lee as told to Mary Hastings Bradley. New York, Longmans, Green, 1955. 274 p. E185.97.Z9L4

236 Lewis, Claude. Adam Clayton Powell. Greenwich, Conn., Fawcett Publications [1963] 127 p. (Gold medal books) E748.P86L4 "K1361."

237 Lichello, Robert. Pioneer in blood plasma: Dr. Charles Richard Drew. New York, J. Messner [1968] 190 p. R154.D75L5 Bibliography: p. 185.

237a Little, Malcolm. The autobiography of Malcolm X. With the assistance of Alex Haley. Introduction by M. S. Handler. Epilogue by Alex Haley. New York, Grove Press [1965] xvi, 455 p. illus., ports. [E185.61.L58] [TR: E185.97.L5A3]

238 Lokos, Lionel. House divided; the life and legacy of Martin Luther King. New Rochelle, N.Y., Arlington House [1968] 567 p. E185.97.K5L6 Bibliographical references included in "Notes" (p. [505]-555).

239 Louis, Joe. The Joe Louis story. [Written with the editorial aid of Chester L. Washington and Haskell Cohen] New York, Grosset & Dunlap [1953] 197 p. illus. GV1132.L6A3 1953 First ed. published in 1947 under title: _My Life Story._

240 Love, Nat. The life and adventures of Nat Love. New York, Arno Press, 1968. 162 p. illus., ports. (The American Negro, his history and literature) F594.L89 1968 Reprint of the 1907 ed., with new introduction by W. L. Katz. A pioneer in the westward movement.

241 McFeely, William S. Yankee stepfather: General O. O. Howard and the freedmen. New Haven, Yale University Press, 1968. 351 p. port. (Yale publications in American studies, 15) E467.1.H8M3 Bibliography: p. [329]-346. Oliver Otis Howard was one of the founders of Howard University.

242 Magdol, Edward. Owen Lovejoy, abolitionist in Congress. New Brunswick, N.J., Rutgers University Press [1967] 493 p. facsims., map, port. E415.9.L89M3 Bibliography: p. [457]-468.

243 Magoun, F. Alexander. Amos Fortune's choice; the story of a Negro slave's struggle for self-fulfillment. Photographs by the author. Freeport, Me., Bond Wheelwright Co. [1964] 237 p. illus., facsims., maps. E185.97.F73M3 Bibliographical footnotes.

244 Malvin, John. North into freedom; the autobiography of John Malvin, free Negro, 1795-1880. Edited and with an introduction by Allan Peskin. Cleveland, Press of Western Reserve University, 1966. 87 p. E185.97.M26A3 1966 "A book from Cleveland State University." Bibliographical references included in "Notes to the introduction" (p. 22-24).

245 Mann, Arthur W. The Jackie Robinson story. New York, Grosset & Dunlap [1951] 224 p. ports. (The Big league baseball library) GV865.R6M3 1951

246 Marrant, John. A narrative of the life of John Marrant, of New York, in North America: giving an account of his conversion when only fourteen years of age: his leaving his mother's house from religious motives ... and being at last taken by an Indian hunter among the Cherokees. Leeds, Printed by Davies, 1810. 24 p. E99.C5M35 Preface signed: W. Aldridge. London, July 19, 1786.

247 Marshall, Herbert, _and_ Mildred Stock. Ira Aldridge, the Negro tragedian. London, Rockliff [1958] 355 p. illus. PN2598.A52M3 Includes bibliographies.

248 Martin Luther King, Jr.; man and teacher. [Baltimore, Printed by Vinmar Lithographing Co., 1968] 1 v. (unpaged) illus., ports. E185.97.K5M34

249 Mays, Willie. Born to play ball, by Willie Mays, as told to Charles Einstein. New York, Putnam [1955] 168 p. illus. GV865.M38A3

250 Mays, Willie. Willie Mays: My life in and out of baseball, as told to Charles Einstein. New York, Dutton, 1966. 320 p. illus., ports. GV865.M38A32

251 Melbourn, Julius. Life and opinions of Julius Melbourn; with sketches of the lives and characters of Thomas Jefferson, John Quincy Adams, John Randolph, and several other eminent American statesmen. Edited by a late member of Congress. Syracuse, Hall & Dickson, 1847. 239 p. port. E338.M51

252 Meltzer, Milton. Langston Hughes; a biography. New York, Crowell [1968] 281 p. PS3515.U274Z68 1968 Bibliography: p. 269-274.

253 Miller, Floyd. Ahdoolo: The biography of Matthew A. Henson. New York, Dutton, 1963. 221 p. illus. G635.H4M5 1963

254 Miller, Margery. Joe Louis: American. New York, Current Books, A. A. Wyn [1945] 181 p. plates, ports. GV1132.L6M5

255 Moore, Archie. The Archie Moore story. New York, McGraw-Hill [1960] 240 p. illus. GV1132.M75A3

256 Morrow, Everett F. Black man in the White House; a diary of the Eisenhower years by the administrative officer for special projects, the White House, 1955-1961. New York, Coward-McCann [1963] 308 p. E835.M58

257 Moton, Robert R. Finding a way out; an autobiography. Garden City, N.Y., Doubleday, Page, 1920. 295 p. E185.97.M9 While president of Tuskegee Institute, Moton raised the standard of its secondary academic work to that of an accredited college.

258 Mulzac, Hugh. A star to steer by; by Hugh Mulzac, as told to Louis Burnham and Norval Welch. New York, International Publishers [1963] 251 p. illus. E185.63.M8 Life of a member of the merchant marine.

259 Newman, Shirlee P. Marian Anderson: lady from Philadelphia. Philadelphia, Westminster Press [c1965] 175 p. ports. ML420.A6N5 Bibliography: p. 163-165.

260 Olsen, Otto H. Carpetbagger's crusade; the life of Albion Winegar Tourgee. Baltimore, Johns Hopkins Press, 1965. xiv, 395 p. illus., facsims., ports. PS3088.O5 "Bibliography of Tourgee's writings": p. 355-362. "General bibliography": p. 363-382.

261 Ottley, Roi. The lonely warrior: the life and times of Robert S. Abbott. Chicago, H. Regnery Co., 1955. 381 p. illus. PN4874.A23O7 Bibliography: p. 369-370. Abbott was editor for many years of the _Chicago Defender_, a major Negro newspaper.

262 Parker, Robert A. The incredible messiah; the deification of Father Divine. Boston, Little, Brown, 1937. 323 p. port. BX7350.P3 Bibliography: p. 321-323. Self-named Father Divine, George Baker was the leader for many years of a religious sect.

263 Parks, Gordon. A choice of weapons. New York, Harper & Row [1966] 274 p. PS3566.A73C5 The story of a successful photographer-historian for _Life_ magazine.

264 Parks, Lillian R. My thirty years backstairs at the White House [by] Lillian Rogers Parks in collaboration with Frances Spatz Leighton. New York, Fleet Pub. Corp. [1961] 346 p. E176.1.P37

265 Patterson, Floyd. Victory over myself. With Milton Gross. [New York] B. Geis Associates; distributed by Random House [1962] 244 p. illus. GV1132.P3A3

266 Pauli, Hertha E. Her name was Sojourner Truth. New York, Appleton-Century-Crofts [1962] 250 p. E185.97.T89 Bibliography: p. 242-244. An abolitionist and lecturer until her death in 1883.

267 Pennington, James W. C. The fugitive blacksmith; or, Events in the history of James W. C. Pennington ... formerly a slave in the state of Maryland, United States. 3d ed. London, C. Gilpin, 1850. xix, 84 p. E444.P41

268 Preston, Edward. Martin Luther King: fighter for freedom. Garden City, N.Y., Doubleday [1968] 142 p. illus., ports. (Doubleday signal books) E185.97.K5P7

269 Quarles, Benjamin, _comp._ Frederick Douglass. Englewood Cliffs, N.J., Prentice-Hall [1968] 184 p. (Great lives observed) E449.Q18 A Spectrum book. "Bibliographical note": p. 179-181. Bibliographical footnotes.

270 Reddick, Lawrence D. Crusader without violence; a biography of Martin Luther King, Jr. New York, Harper [1959] 243 p. illus. E185.97.K5R4

271 Reisner, Robert G. Bird: the legend of Charlie Parker, New York, Citadel Press [1962] 256 p. ports. ML419.P4R4 Discography: p. 241-256.

272 Robeson, Eslanda G. Paul Robeson, Negro. New York, Harper, 1930. 178 p. ports. E185.97.R65

273 Robeson, Paul. Here I stand. New York, Othello Associates [1958] 128 p. E185.97.R62

274 Robinson, James H. Road without turning, the story of Reverend James H. Robinson; an autobiography. New York, Farrar, Straus [1950] 312 p. BX9225.R715A3 The founder of "Crossroads Africa" and religious leader of today.

275 Robinson, John R. Jackie Robinson, my own story, as told to Wendell Smith; foreword by Branch Rickey. New York, Greenberg [1948] 170p. illus., ports. GV865.R6A3

276 Robinson, John R., _and_ Alfred Duckett. Breakthrough to the big league; the story of Jackie Robinson. New York, Harper & Row [1965] 178 p. ports. (A Breakthrough book) GV865.R6A27

277 Roper, Moses. A narrative of the adventures and escape of Moses Roper, from American slavery; with a preface, by the Rev. T. Price. 4th ed. London, Harvey and Darton, 1840. 120 p. illus., port. E444.R785

278 Rowan, Carl T. Wait till next year; the life story of Jackie Robinson, by Carl T. Rowan with Jackie Robinson. New York, Random House [1960] 339 p. illus. GV865.R6R64

279 Rowland, Mabel, _ed._ Bert Williams, son of laughter; a symposium of tribute to the man and to his work, by his friends and associates, with a preface by David Belasco. New York, English Crafters [c1923] xvii, 218 p. illus., facsims., plates, ports. PN2287.W46R6 Egbert Austin Williams was a comedian loved by theatergoers of the last generation.

280 Rudwick, Elliott M. W. E. B. DuBois; a study in minority group leadership. Philadelphia, University of Pennsylvania Press [1960] 382 p. E185.97.D73R8 Bibliography: p. 350-368.

281 Rudwick, Elliott M. W. E. B. DuBois, propagandist of the Negro protest. With a new preface by Louis Harlan and an epilogue by the author. New York, Atheneum, 1968. 390 p. (Studies in American Negro life, NL6) E185.97.D73R8 1968 Atheneum paperbacks. Bibliographical references included in "Notes": p. 319-376.

282 Schuyler, George S. Black and conservative; the autobiography of George S. Schuyler. New Rochelle, N.Y., Arlington House [1966] 362 p. PN4874.S35A3 Long-time columnist for the _Pittsburgh Courier_, a Negro newspaper.

283 Schuyler, Philippa D. Adventures in black and white. Foreword by Deems Taylor. New York, R. Speller [1960] 302 p. illus. ML417.S42A3 An account of the author's travels in sixty countries. This child prodigy, musician, and composer, died in Vietnam while on a visit to entertain the troops.

284 Singleton, George A. The autobiography of George A. Singleton. Boston, Forum Pub. Co. [1964] 272 p. illus., ports. [BX8449.S5A3] The story of a minister in the African Methodist Episcopal Church.

285 Smith, Amanda B. An autobiography; the story of the Lord's dealings with Mrs. Amanda Smith, the colored evangelist; containing an account of her life work of faith, and her travels in America, England, Ireland, Scotland, India and Africa, as an independent missionary. With an introduction by Bishop Thoburn. Chicago, Meyer, 1893. xvi, 506 p. plates, ports. BV3785.S56A3 1893

286 Somerville, John A. Man of colour; an autobiography. With a foreword by P. M. Sherlock. Kingston, Jamaica, Pioneer Press [1951] 134 p. illus. E185.97.S65 1951

287 Spencer, Samuel R. Booker T. Washington and the Negro's place in American life. Boston, Little, Brown [1955] 212 p. (The Library of American biography) E185.97.W272

288 Sterling, Dorothy. Captain of the Planter; the story of Robert Smalls. Illustrated by Ernest Crichlow. Garden City, N.Y., Doubleday, 1958. 264 p. illus. E185.97.S6S8 Bibliography: p. 247-264. The _Planter_ was a Confederate gunboat seized and turned over to the Union by Smalls, a slave crewman.

289 Steward, Austin. Twenty-two years a slave, and forty years a freeman; embracing a correspondence of several years, while president of Wilberforce Colony, London, Canada West. 3d ed. Rochester, N.Y., Allings & Cory, 1861. 360 p. plates, port. E444.S845

290 Still, James. Early recollections and life of Dr. James Still. [Philadelphia] Printed for the author by J. B. Lippincott, 1877. 274 p. port. E185.97.S85 James Still was the brother of William Still, the author of _The Underground Railroad_.

291 Tarry, Ellen. The third door; the autobiography of an American Negro woman. New York, D. McKay Co. [1955] 304 p. E185.97.T37A3

292 Tarry, Ellen. Young Jim; the early years of James Weldon Johnson. New York, Dodd, Mead [1967] 230 p. facsims., ports. PS3519.O2625Z89

293 Tatum, E. Ray. Conquest or failure? Biography of J. Frank Norris. Dallas, Baptist Historical Foundation [1966] 295 p. illus., ports. BX6495.N59T3 Bibliographical footnotes.

294 Terrell, Mary C. A colored woman in a white world. Washington, Ransdell [c1940] 436 p. port. E185.97.T47

295 Thomas, Jesse O. My story in black and white; the autobiography of Jesse O. Thomas. Foreword by Whitney M. Young, Jr. New York, Exposition Press [1967] 300 p. (An Exposition-banner book) E185.97.T49A3

296 Thomas, Piri. Down these mean streets. New York, Knopf, 1967. 333 p. F128.9.P8T5 Autobiographical account of life among the Puerto Ricans and Negroes in New York City.

297 Thomas, Will. The seeking. New York, A. A. Wyn [1953] 290 p. E185.97.T52A3 Autobiographical; the author is a journalist and writer from Vermont.

297a Thompson, Era B. American daughter. Chicago, University of Chicago Press [1946] 300 p. E185.97.T53 Autobiographical.

298 Thompson, John. The life of John Thompson, a fugitive slave; containing his history of 25 years in bondage, and his providential escape. Worcester, J. Thompson, 1856. 143 p. E444.T47

299 Thornbrough, Emma L., _comp._ Booker T. Washington. Englewood Cliffs, N.J., Prentice-Hall [c1969] 184 p. (Great lives observed) E185.97.W277 A Spectrum book. "Bibliographical note": p. 178-182.

300 Ward, Samuel R. Autobiography of a fugitive Negro: his anti-slavery labours in the United States, Canada, & England. New York, Arno Press, 1968. 412 p. port. (The American Negro: his history and literature) E449.W27 1968 Reprint of the 1855 ed.

301 Washington, Booker T. Up from slavery; an autobiography. New York, Doubleday, Page, 1901. 330 p. port. E185.97.W3 Originally published in the _Outlook_. An illustrated edition with an introduction by Langston Hughes was published by Dodd, Mead, New York, in 1965.

302 Webb, Constance. Richard Wright; a biography. New York, Putnam [1968] 443 p. illus. PS3545.R815Z9 Bibliography: p. 423-429.

303 Wesley, Charles H. Richard Allen, apostle of freedom. Washington, Associated Publishers [c1935] 300 p. port. BX8449.A6W4 Bibliography: p. 277-285. The first bishop of the African Methodist Episcopal Church.

304 White, Walter F. A man called White, the autobiography of Walter White. New York, Viking Press, 1948. 382 p. E185.97.W6A3 Writer and former director of the NAACP.

305 Wright, Richard. Black boy; a record of childhood and youth. Illustrated by Ashley Bryan. Introductory note by Dorothy Canfield Fisher. Cleveland, World Pub. Co. [1950] 298 p. illus. (The Living library [L22]) PS3545.R815Z5 1950

306 Wright, Richard R. 87 years behind the black curtain; an autobiography. Philadelphia, Rare Book Co., 1965. 351 p. [BX8449.W7A3] Richard Robert Wright was a leader in the African Methodist Episcopal Church.

307 Yates, Elizabeth. Howard Thurman, portrait of a practical dreamer. New York, John Day Co. [1964] 249 p. port. BX6455.T5Y3 "Chronological bibliography of works by Howard Thurman": p. 241-242. A Negro philosopher, author, and religious leader.

308 Young, Andrew S. N. Sonny Liston, the champ nobody wanted. Chicago, Johnson Pub. Co. [1963] 224 p. illus. GV1132.L5Y6

06--CIVIL RIGHTS

309 Ames, William C. The Negro struggle for equality in the twentieth century. [Teachers ed.] Boston, Heath [1965] 182, 16 p. illus., maps. (New dimensions in American history) E185.61.A49 Bibliography: p. 177-179.

310 Barbour, Floyd B., _comp._ The Black Power revolt; a collection of essays. Editor: Floyd B. Barbour. Boston, P. Sargent [1968] 287 p. (Extending horizons books) E185.615.B3 Includes bibliographies.

311 Belfrage, Sally. Freedom summer. New York, Viking Press [1965] 246 p. E185.93.M6B4 A personal account of a civil rights worker who spent the summer of 1964 in Mississippi.

312 Blaustein, Albert P., _and_ Robert L. Zangrando, _comps._ Civil rights and the American Negro; a documentary history. New York, Trident Press [1968] xv, 671 p. E185.61.B665

313 Brink, William J., _and_ Louis Harris. Black and white; a study of U.S. racial attitudes today. New York, Simon and Schuster [1967] 285 p. E185.615.B7

314 Bureau of National Affairs, _Washington, D.C._ The Civil Rights Act of 1964: text, analysis, legislative history; what it means to employers, businessmen, unions, employees, minority groups. Washington [1964] 424 p. forms. (A BNA operations manual) DLC-LL

315 Burns, William H. The voices of Negro protest in America. With a foreword by John Hope Franklin. New York, Oxford University Press [1963] 85 p. E185.61.B96 1963b "Issued under the auspices of the Institute of Race Relations, London." Bibliography: p. [87]-[89].

316 Cable, George W. The Negro question; a selection of writings on civil rights in the South. Edited by Arlin Turner. Garden City, N.Y., Doubleday, 1958. 286 p. (Doubleday anchor books) E185.61.C19 1958a

317 Cable, George W. A southerner looks at Negro discrimination; selected writings of George W. Cable, edited, with a biographical sketch, by Isabel Cable Manes. With an introduction by Professor Alva W. Taylor. [New York, 1946] 48 p. E185.61.C197 "References": p. 48.

318 Carmichael, Stokely, _and_ Charles V. Hamilton. Black Power: the politics of liberation in America. New York, Random House [1967] xii, 198 p. E185.615.C32 Bibliography: p. 187-189.

319 Carter, Wilmoth A. The new Negro of the South; a portrait of movements and leadership. New York, Exposition Press [1967] 58 p. (An Exposition-university book) E185.61.C285 Bibliography: p. [57]-58.

320 Chambers, Bradford, _comp._ Chronicles of Negro protest; a background book for young people, documenting the history of black power, compiled and edited with a commentary by Bradford Chambers. New York, Parents' Magazine Press [1968] 319 p. illus., facsims., ports. (Background books) E185.61.C5

321 Clark, Mary T. Discrimination today; guidelines for civic action. Foreword by John J. Wright. New York, Hobbs, Dorman [1966] 372 p. [E185.61.C63] [TR: E185.615.C595] Includes bibliographies.

322 Clarke, Jacquelyne J. These rights they seek; a comparison of goals and techniques of local civil rights organizations. Washington, Public Affairs Press [1962] 85 p. E185.93.A3C55 [TR: Clarke, Jacquelyne Mary Johnson] Bibliographical references included in "References" (p. 78-85).

323 Commager, Henry S., _comp._ The struggle for racial equality: a documentary record, selected and edited by Henry Steele Commager. New York, Harper & Row [1967] 260 p. (Harper torchbooks. The Academy library, TB1300) E185.61.C72 "Originally published as part 4, chapter 14, of _Living Ideas in America ..._ revised and greatly expanded."

324 Congressional Quarterly Service, _Washington, D.C._ Revolution in civil rights. 4th ed. Washington, 1968. 119 p. (CQ background) KF4757.Z9C6 1968

325 Cooke, Paul P. Civil rights in the United States. [Washington] Meridian House Foundation [1966] 32 p. illus., ports. E185.61.C775

325a Cox, Archibald, Mark D. Howe, _and_ James R. Wiggins. Civil rights, the Constitution, and the courts, Cambridge, Harvard University Press, 1967. 76 p. KF4757.A5C6 "Papers ... originally presented in 1965-1966 as a series of evening lectures at the Massachusetts Historical Society." Bibliographical footnotes.

326 Dorman, Michael. We shall overcome. [New York, Delacorte Press]; distributed by the Dial Press [1964] 340 p. E185.61.D69

327 Dumond, Dwight L. America's shame and redemption. Marquette, Northern Michigan University Press [1965] xvi, 171 p. port. E185.D9

328 Facts on File, _New York_. Civil rights, 1960-63; the Negro campaign to win equal rights and opportunities in the United States, compiled by the editors of Facts on file and News year. New York [1964] 152 p. illus., ports. (Interim history) E185.61.F16 A Facts on File publication.

329 Farmer, James. Freedom, when? With an introduction by Jacob Cohen. New York, Random House [1966, c1965] xxiv, 197 p. E185.61.F19

330 Fleishman, Stanley, _and_ Sam Rosenwein. The new Civil Rights Act, what it means to you! [Los Angeles, Blackstone Book Co., 1964] 191 p. DLC-LL [TR: KF4750.F53]

331 Franklin, John H., _and_ Isidore Starr, _comps._ The Negro in twentieth century America; a reader on the struggle for civil rights. New York, Vantage Books [1967] xxii, 542 p. illus. E185.61.F79 Bibliography: p. [539]-542.

332 Friedman, Leon, _comp._ The civil rights reader; basic documents of the civil rights movement. Foreword by Martin Duberman. New York, Walker [1967] xxi, 348 p. E185.61.F857 Bibliography: p. [347]-348.

333 Golden, Harry L. Mr. Kennedy and the Negroes. Cleveland, World Pub. Co. [1964] 319 p. group port. E185.61.G58 Bibliography: p. 309-314.

334 Grant, Joanne, _comp._ Black protest; history, documents, and analyses, 1619 to the present, edited with introduction and commentary by Joanne Grant. [New York, Fawcett World Library, 1968] 505 p. (The Political perspectives series) E185.G75 A Fawcett premier book. Bibliography: p. [506]-[507].

335 Gregory, Dick. The shadow that scares me. Edited by James R. McGraw. Garden City, N.Y., Doubleday, 1968. 213 p. E185.615.G7

336 Handlin, Oscar. Fire-bell in the night; the crisis in civil rights. Boston, Little, Brown [1964] 110 p. E185.61.H23

337 Hansberry, Lorraine. The movement; documentary of a struggle for equality. New York, Simon and Schuster, 1964. 127 p. (chiefly illus., ports) E185.61.H24

338 Harris, Janet. The long freedom road; the civil rights story. Foreword by Whitney M. Young, Jr. New York, McGraw-Hill [1967] 150 p. E185.61.H27 Bibliography: p. 147.

339 Hedgeman, Anna A. The trumpet sounds; a memoir of Negro leadership. New York, Holt, Rinehart and Winston [1964] 202 p. E185.97.H44

340 Holt, Len. The summer that didn't end. New York, Morrow, 1965. 351 p. E185.61.H75 The struggle for civil rights in Mississippi.

341 Imari, _Brother_. War in America; the Malcolm X doctrine. Detroit, Malcolm X Society [1968] 64 p. port. E185.615.I45

342 Isaacs, Harold R. The new world of Negro Americans. A study from the Center for International Studies, Massachusetts Institute of Technology. New York, John Day Co. [1963] 366 p. E185.61.I75 Includes bibliography.

343 Jackson, Joseph H. Unholy shadows and freedom's holy light. Nashville, Townsend Press [1967] 270 p. group ports. E185.61.J15 Bibliography: p. 264-266.

344 Jacobs, Paul. Prelude to riot; a view of urban America from the bottom. New York, Random House [1968, c1967] 298 p. E185.615.J3 1968 "Sponsored by the Center for the Study of Democratic Institutions."

345 Kahn, Tom. Unfinished revolution. [With forewords by Norman Thomas and James Lawson] New York [Socialist Party-Social Democratic Federation] 1960. 64 p. illus. E185.61.K335 Bibliography: p. 60-63.

346 Kalven, Harry. The Negro and the First amendment. Chicago, University of Chicago Press [1966, c1965] 244 p. (Phoenix books, P240) DLC-LL "Lectures ... originally given for the Ohio State law Forum on April 7, 8, and 9, 1964." Bibliographical references included in "Notes" (p. [215]-244).

347 Kennedy, Robert F. Rights for Americans; the speeches of Robert F. Kennedy. Edited and with commentary by Thomas A. Hopkins. Indianapolis, Bobbs-Merrill [1964] 262 p. E185.61.K367

348 Killian, Lewis M. The impossible revolution? Black power and the American dream. New York, Random House [1968] xx, 198 p. (Studies in sociology, SS40) E185.615.K48 Bibliography: p. [189]-191.

349 Killian, Lewis M., _and_ Charles Grigg. Racial crisis in America; leadership in conflict. Englewood Cliffs, N.J., Prentice-Hall [1964] 144 p. (A Spectrum book) E185.61.K49 Includes bibliographies.

350 King, Martin Luther. A Martin Luther King treasury. Photographs by Roland Mitchell. Yonkers, N.Y., Educational Heritage [1964] 352 p. illus., ports. (Negro heritage library) E185.61.K535 Bibliographical references included in "Notes" (p. 338-348). Contents.--Stride toward freedom; the Montgomery story.--Strength to love.--The days of Martin Luther King, Jr.: a photographic diary.--An appeal to the President of the United States.

351 King, Martin Luther. Where do we go from here: _Chaos or community_? New York, Harper & Row [1967] 209 p. E185.615.K5 Bibliographical references included in "Notes" (p. 203-204). London ed. (Hodder & Stoughton) has title: _Chaos or Community?_

352 King, Martin Luther. Why we can't wait. New York, Harper & Row [1964] 178 p. illus., ports. E185.61.K54

353 Konvitz, Milton R. A century of civil rights. With a study of State law against discrimination, by Theodore Leskes. New York, Columbia University Press, 1961. 293 p. DLC-LL [TR: KF4749.K626] "Table of statutes": p. [278]-280. Bibliographical footnotes.

354 Kunstler, William M. Deep in my heart. Forewords by James Forman and Martin Luther King, Jr. New York, Morrow, 1966. xxvi, 384 p. DLC-LL [TR: KF373.K8A3] Autobiographical.

355 Leinwand, Gerald, _comp._ The Negro in the city. New York, Washington Square Press [1968] 191 p. illus. (Problems of American society) E185.61.L513 Bibliographical references included in "Notes" (p. 179-182).

356 Levy, Charles J. Voluntary servitude; whites in the Negro movement. New York, Appleton-Century-Crofts [1968] 125 p. E185.92.L46 Bibliographical footnotes.

357 Lewis, Anthony. Portrait of a decade; the second American revolution [by] Anthony Lewis and the New York times. New York, Random House [1964] 322 p. illus. E185.61.L52 1964 London ed. (Faber) has title: _The Second American Revolution: a First-hand Account of the Struggle for Civil Rights._

358 Lincoln, Charles Eric, _comp._ Is anybody listening to black America? New York, Seabury Press [1968] 280 p. (A Seabury paperback SP-54) E185.615.L48 Includes bibliographical references.

359 Lomax, Louis E. The Negro revolt. New York, Harper [1962] 271 p. E185.61.L668 Includes bibliography.

360 Mendelsohn, Jack. The martyrs: sixteen who gave their lives for racial justice. New York, Harper & Row [1966] 227 p. ports. E185.61.M54

361 Moral crisis; the case for civil rights, as stated by John F. Kennedy [and others] Minnesota, Gilbert Pub. Co. [1964] 185 p. illus., ports. E185.61.M79 On spine: _The Case for Civil Rights._

362 Muse, Benjamin. The American Negro revolution; from nonviolence to black power, 1963-1967. Bloomington, Indiana University Press [1968] 345 p. E185.615.M83

363 Nelson, Bernard H. The Fourteenth amendment and the Negro since 1920. New York, Russell & Russell [1967, c1946] 185 p. E185.61.N44 1967 Bibliography: p. 172-181.

363a Nye, Russel B. Fettered freedom; civil liberties and the slavery controversy, 1830-1860. [Rev. ed. East Lansing] Michigan State University Press [1964, c1963] 353 p. JC599.U5N9 1964 Bibliography: p. 319-[343].

364 Pain, William. To do justice, by the photographers and editors of Black star. [New York] Pyramid Publications, c1965. 104 p. illus., ports. (A Pyramid publication) E185.615.P3 On cover: _To Do Justice; the Heroic Struggle for Human Rights._

365 Pettigrew, Thomas F. Epitaph for Jim Crow. New York, Anti-Defamation League of B'nai B'rith [1964] 59 p. illus. E185.61.P48 "G415."

366 Proctor, Samuel D. The young Negro in America, 1960-1980. New York, Association Press [1966] 160 p. E185.61.P76 Bibliographical references included in "Notes by chapters" (p. 159-160).

367 Saunders, Doris E., _ed._ The Kennedy years and the Negro, a photographic record. Introduction by Andrew T. Hatcher. Designed by Herbert Temple. Chicago, Johnson Pub. Co., 1964. 143 p. illus., ports. E185.6.S3

368 Segal, Ben D., William Korey, _and_ Charles N. Mason, _eds._ Civil rights in the Nation's Capital: a report on a decade of progress. [New York] National Association of Intergroup Relations Officials, 1959. 90 p. illus. E185.93.D6S4 "Appeared originally as volume 1, no. 5, of the _Journal of Inter-group Relations_."

369 Smith, Lillian E. Our faces, our words. New York, W. W. Norton [1964] 128 p. illus. E185.61.S647

370 Sobel, Lester A., _ed._ Civil rights, 1960-66. New York, Facts on File [1967] 504 p. (Interim history) E185.61.S66 A Facts on File publication.

371 Southern, David W. The malignant heritage; Yankee progressives and the Negro question, 1901-1914. Chicago, Loyola University Press, 1968. 116 p. (William P. Lyons master's essay award, 1967) E185.61.S685 Bibliography: p. 101-111.

372 Stahl, David, Frederick B. Sussmann, _and_ Neil J. Bloomfield, _eds._ The community and racial crises. New York, Practising Law Institute [1966] xvii, 364 p. E185.615.S7 Outgrowth of a forum devoted to the community and racial crisis, held in New York City in December 1964.

373 Sterling, Dorothy. Tear down the walls! A history of the American civil rights movement. Garden City, N.Y., Doubleday [1968] 259 p. illus., facsims., ports. E185.6.S76 Bibliography: p. [251]-252.

374 Sugarman, Tracy. Stranger at the gates; a summer in Mississippi. Illustrated by the author. Foreword by Fannie Lou Hamer. New York, Hill and Wang [1966] xiv, 240 p. E185.93.M6S88

375 Thomas, Howard E., _and_ Sister Mary Peter. Organizing for human rights; a handbook for teachers and students. Dayton, Ohio, G. A. Pflaum [c1966] 64 p. illus. E185.615.T5 "Resource section": p. 39-58.

376 U.S. _Commission on Civil Rights_. Freedom to the free: century of emancipation, 1863-1963; a report to the President. [Washington, For sale by the Supt. of Docs., U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1963] 246 p. E185.61.U582 Bibliography: p. 209-240.

377 U.S. _Commission on Civil Rights._ Hearing held in Cleveland, Ohio, April 1-7, 1966. Washington, For sale by the Supt. of Docs., U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1966. 888 p. illus., maps. F499.C6A43

378 U.S. _President, 1961-1963_ (_Kennedy_) Civil rights. Message relative to civil rights, and a draft of a bill to enforce the constitutional right to vote, to confer jurisdiction upon the District Courts of the United States to provide injunctive relief against discrimination in public accommodations, to authorize the Attorney General to institute suits to protect constitutional rights in education, to establish a community relations service, to extend for four years the Commission on Civil Rights, to prevent discrimination in Federally assisted programs, to establish a Commission on Equal Employment Opportunity, and for other purposes. [Washington, U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1963] 24 p. (88th Congress, 1st session. House of Representatives. Document no. 124) E185.61.U5865

379 Warren, Robert Penn. Who speaks for the Negro? New York, Vintage Books [1966] 454 p. E185.61.W22 1966

380 Williams, Robert F. Negroes with guns. Edited by Marc Schleifer. New York, Marzani & Munsell [c1962] 128 p. illus. F264.M75W5 Concerns the Monroe, North Carolina, confrontation.

381 Wright, Nathan. Black power and urban unrest; creative possibilities. New York, Hawthorn Books [1967] 200 p. E185.615.W7 Bibliographical references included in "Notes" (p. 195).

382 Young, Whitney M. To be equal. New York, McGraw-Hill [1964] 254 p. E185.61.Y73

07--COOKERY

383 Bivins, S. Thomas. The southern cookbook; a manual of cooking and list of menus, including recipes used by noted colored cooks and prominent caterers. Hampton, Va., Press of the Hampton Institute, 1912. 239 p. TX715.B5

384 Bowers, Lessie. Plantation recipes. [New York] R. Speller, 1959. 194 p. TX715.B76

385 Campbell, Tunis G. Hotel keepers, head waiters, and housekeepers' guide. Boston, Printed by Coolidge and Wiley, 1848. 192 p. illus. TX925.C3

386 De Knight, Freda. The Ebony cookbook: a date with a dish; a cookbook of American Negro recipes. With a foreword by Gertrude Blair. Chicago, Johnson Pub. Co., 1962. 390 p. illus. TX715.D326

387 Gaskins, Ruth L. A good heart and a light hand; Ruth L. Gaskins' collection of traditional Negro recipes. [Alexandria, Va., Fund for Alexandria, c1968] 110 p. illus. TX715.G243

388 Kaiser, Inez Y. Soul food cookery. New York, Pitman Pub. Co., 1968. 90 p. DHU

389 Kaufman, William I., _and_ Mary U. Cooper. The art of Creole cookery. Illustrated by Margot Tomes. Garden City, N.Y., Doubleday, 1962. 227 p. illus. TX725.K333

390 [Mahammitt, Sarah H. T.] Recipes and domestic service; the Mahammitt School of Cookery. [Omaha, c1939] 160 p. TX715.M246 "Copyright ... by Mrs. T. P. Mahammitt."

391 National Council of Negro Women. The historical cookbook of the American Negro. Published under the auspices of the Council's Archives and Museum Dept. Compiled and edited by Sue Bailey Thurman, chairman. [Washington] Corporate Press, c1958. 144 p. illus. TX715.N326

392 Negro Culinary Art Club of Los Angeles. Eliza's cook book; favorite recipes. Los Angeles, Wetzel Pub. Co. [c1936] 101 p. TX715.N387

393 Ott, Eleanore. Plantation cookery of old Louisiana. With decorations by Mary Evans Isom. New Orleans, Harmanson [c1938] 96 p. illus., facsim. TX715.O85

394 Porter, _Mrs_. M. E. Mrs. Porter's new southern cookery book, and companion for frugal and economical housekeepers; containing carefully prepared and practically tested recipes for all kinds of plain and fancy cooking. Philadelphia, J. E. Potter [c1871] 416 p. TX715.P844

395 Smith, Myrtle E. A Civil War cook book; typical of the times but timely for today. Harrogate, Tenn., Priv. print., Lincoln Memorial University [1961] 268 p. illus. TX715.S666 Bibliography: p. 267-268.

08--ECONOMIC CONDITIONS

396 Bell, William K. Fifteen million Negroes and fifteen billion dollars. New York, W. K. Bell Publications [1956] 147 p. E185.8.B46

397 Blair, Lewis H. A Southern prophecy: The prosperity of the South dependent upon the elevation of the Negro (1889). Edited, with an introduction by C. Vann Woodward. Boston, Little, Brown [1964] xlvi, 201 p. facsim., port. E185.61.B66 1964 Bibliographical footnotes.

398 Bradford, Amory. Oakland's not for burning. New York, D. McKay Co. [1968] 248 p. HD5726.O22B7

399 Bullock, Henry A. Pathways to the Houston Negro market. [Ann Arbor, Mich., Distributed by J. W. Edwards, 1957] 232 p. illus. F394.H8B9

400 Davis, Robert E. The American Negro's dilemma; the Negro's self-imposed predicament. New York, Philosophical Library [1954] 147 p. E185.6.D35

401 De Mond, Albert L. Certain aspects of the economic development of the American Negro, 1865-1900. Washington, Catholic University of America Press, 1945. 187 p. (Catholic University of America. Studies in economics, v. 18) E185.8.D4 Thesis (Ph. D.)--Catholic University of America, 1945. Bibliography: p. 163-183.

402 District of Columbia. _Dept. of Public Welfare_. The improving economic status of the Negro in the District of Columbia. Rev. Washington, Division of Research and Statistics, Dept. of Public Welfare, 1954. 1 v. (unpaged) illus. E185.93.D6A5 1954c

403 DuBois, William E. B., _ed._ Economic co-operation among Negro Americans. Report of a social study made by Atlanta University under the patronage of the Carnegie Institution of Washington, D.C., together with the proceedings of the 12th Conference for the Study of the Negro Problems, held at Atlanta University, on Tuesday, May the 28th, 1907. Atlanta, Atlanta University Press, 1907. 184 p. diagrs. (Atlanta University publications, no. 12) E185.5.A88 no. 12 [HD3446.Z5N3] "Select bibliography of economic co-operation among Negro Americans": p. [6]-9.

404 Edwards, Paul K. The southern urban Negro as a consumer. New York, Prentice-Hall, 1932. xxiv, 323 p. illus., diagrs., maps. E185.6.E35 Bibliography: p. [309]-315.

405 Fein, Rashi. An economic and social profile of the Negro American. Washington, Brookings Institution, 1966 [c1965] 815-846 p. (Brookings Institution reprints, 110) E185.8.F4 "Reprinted January 1966 ... from _Daedalus_, fall, 1965." Includes bibliographical references.

406 Fleming, Walter L. The Freedmen's Savings Bank; a chapter in the economic history of the Negro race. Chapel Hill, University of North Carolina Press, 1927. 170 p. (Vanderbilt University publications) HG2613.W34F6 1927 "An expansion of a paper ... published in the _Yale Review_ in 1906." Bibliography: p. 17-18, 162-163.

407 Ginzberg, Eli, _ed._ The Negro challenge to the business community. New York, McGraw-Hill [1964] 111 p. E185.8.G57 "Highlights of a conference held at Arden House on January 15 to 17, 1964 under the auspices of the executive program of the Graduate School of Business, Columbia University."

408 Harris, Abram L. The Negro as capitalist; a study of banking and business among American Negroes. Gloucester, Mass., P. Smith, 1968 [c1936] 205 p. illus. E185.8.H26 1968 Bibliographical footnotes.

409 Henry, Waights G. The Negro as an economic factor in Alabama. Nashville, Printed for the author, Publishing House M. E. Church, South, Smith & Lamar, agents, 1919. 111 p. E185.93.A3H5 Thesis (Ph.D.)--Boston University. "Reference books": p. [107]-111.

410 Hill, Timothy A. The Negro and economic reconstruction. Washington, Associates in Negro Folk Education, 1937. 78 p. (Bronze booklet no. 5) E185.5.B85 no. 5 "Selected readings" at end of each chapter.

411 Holmes, Samuel J. The Negro's struggle for survival; a study in human ecology. Port Washington, N.Y., Kennikat Press [1966, c1965] 296 p. E185.88.H65 1966 First published in 1937. Bibliography: p. 263-290.

412 Johnson, Joseph T. The potential Negro market. New York, Pageant Press [1952] 185 p. HF3031.J6

413 Miller, Herman P. Poverty and the Negro. [Los Angeles, Institute of Government and Public Affairs, University of California, 1965?] 30 leaves. ([California. University. University at Los Angeles. Institute of Government and Public Affairs] MR-37) AS36.C2A35 no. 37 "Paper presented at University of West Virginia Conference on Poverty, May 3, 1965." Bibliographical footnotes.

414 National Urban League. Economic and social status of the Negro in the United States. [New York, 1961] 32 p. E185.6.N257 Bibliography: p. 31-32.

415 The Negro and the city. New York, Time-Life Books [1968] 159 p. col. illus. E185.8.N4 1968 "Adapted from a special issue [Jan. 1968] of _Fortune_ on: 'Business and the Urban Crisis.'" Contents.--Introduction, by R. C. Weaver.--The deeper shame of the cities, by M. Ways.--The new Negro mood, by R. Beardwood.--Business reclaims human resources, by G. Burck.--More dollars and more diplomas, by E. K. Faltermayer.--The St. Louis economic blues, by W. S. Rukeyser.--The case against unions, by T. O'Hanlon.--"Our war was with the police department," by E. Carruth.--Systems engineering invades the city, by L. Lessing.--Mortgages for the slums, by W. McQuade.--What business can do for the cities, by the editors of _Fortune_.

416 Newman, Dorothy K. The Negroes in the United States, their economic and social situation. Washington, U.S. Dept. of Labor, Bureau of Labor Statistics; for sale by the Supt. of Docs., U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1966. 241 p. illus. (U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics. Bulletin no. 1511) HD8051.A62 no. 1511 E185.8.N47 Bibliography: p. 49-53.

417 Phillips, Ulrich B. The slave economy of the Old South; selected essays in economic and social history. Edited and with an introduction by Eugene D. Genovese. Baton Rouge, Louisiana State University Press [1968] xiv, 304 p. HC107.A13P66 "A bibliography of the printed writings of Ulrich Bonnell Phillips, compiled by David M. Potter": p. 291-300. Includes bibliographical references.

418 Pitts, Nathan A. The cooperative movement in Negro communities of North Carolina. Washington, Catholic University of America Press, 1950. 201 p. maps. (The Catholic University of America. Studies in sociology, v. 33) HD3446.A3N85 Thesis--Catholic University of America. Bibliography: p. [193]-196.

419 Schuchter, Arnold. White power, black freedom; planning the future of urban America. Boston, Beacon Press [1968] xvii, 650 p. HT123.S38 Includes bibliographical references.

420 Sterner, Richard M., _and others_. The Negro's share; a study of income, consumption, housing and public assistance [by] Richard Sterner in collaboration with Lenore A. Epstein, Ellen Winston and others. New York, Harper [1943] 433 p. E185.8.S8

421 Stuart, Merah S. An economic detour; a history of insurance in the lives of American Negroes. New York, W. Malliet, 1940. xxv, 339 p. facsims., plates, ports. HG8799.S75 Bibliography: p. 337-338.

422 U.S. _Bureau of Labor Statistics_. The economic situation of Negroes in the United States. Rev. [Washington] U.S. Dept. of Labor; [for sale by the Supt. of Docs., U.S. Govt. Print. Off.] 1962. 32 p. tables. ([U.S. Dept. of Labor] Bulletin S-3) E185.8.U529

423 U.S. _Bureau of Labor Statistics_. Notes on the economic situation of Negroes in the United States. 1957+ [Washington] tables. E185.8.U527

424 U.S. _Dept. of Health, Education, and Welfare_. The Negro family's search for economic security, by Joseph H. Douglass, assistant to the Assistant Secretary for Program Analysis. [Washington] 1956. 1 v. (various pagings) diagrs., tables. E185.8.U558 Bibliography: p. [1]-11.

425 Washington, Booker T., _and_ William E. B. DuBois. The Negro in the South, his economic progress in relation to his moral and religious development; being the William Levi Bull lectures for the year 1907. Philadelphia, G. W. Jacobs [1907] 222 p. E185.6.W316 Contents.--1. The economic development of the Negro race in slavery, by B. T. Washington.--2. The economic development of the Negro race since its emancipation, by B. T. Washington.--3. The economic revolution in the South, by W. E. B. DuBois.--4. Religion in the South, by W. E. B. DuBois.--Notes to chapters 3 and 4 (Bibliography: p. 220-222).

426 Whiting, Helen A. J. Climbing the economic ladder. [Atlanta, 1948] 100 p. illus. E185.8.W48 "Selected references for understanding and improving Southern life": p. 99-100.

09--ECONOMIC CONDITIONS--Business

427 Association for the Study of Negro life and History. The Negro as a business man, by J. H. Harmon, Jr., Arnett G. Lindsay, and Carter G. Woodson. Washington [c1929] 111 p. [E185.8.A84] [TR: E185.8.H25] Contents.--The Negro as a local business man.--The Negro in banking.--Insurance among Negroes.

428 Business leadership and the Negro crisis. Edited by Eli Ginzberg. New York, McGraw-Hill [1968] 175 p. E185.8.B8 Papers presented at a conference conducted by the Graduate School of Business of Columbia University at Arden House in 1968.

429 Carter, Wilmoth A. The urban Negro in the South. New York, Vantage Press [1962] 272 p. illus. F264.R1C3 Bibliography: p. 269-272.

430 DuBois, William E. B., _ed._ The Negro in business; report of a social study made under the direction of Atlanta University; together with the Proceedings of the Fourth Conference for the Study of the Negro Problems, held at Atlanta University, May 30-31, 1899. Atlanta [Atlanta University] 1899. 77 p. (Atlanta University publications, no. 4) E185.5.A88 no. 4 E185.8.D83

431 Kinzer, Robert H., _and_ Edward Sagarin. The Negro in American business; the conflict between separatism and integration. New York, Greenberg [1950] 220 p. E185.8.K5 "An expansion of a thesis written by Robert H. Kinzer and submitted [under title: _Separatism or Integration: the Dilemma of the Negro in American Business_] to the Graduate School of Business Administration of New York University ... [for] the degree of master of arts." Bibliography: p. 203-210.

432 National Conference on Small Business, _Washington, D.C., 1961_. Problems and opportunities confronting Negroes in the field of business; report. Chairman: Charles C. Diggs, Jr. Editor: H. Naylor Fitzhugh. [Washington] U.S. Dept. of Commerce, for sale by the Supt. of Docs., U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1962. 102 p. E185.8.N23 1961c "Sponsored by an independent committee composed mainly of Negroes engaged in business and related activities in Government and education and some national organizations."

433 Pierce, Joseph A. Negro business and business education, their present and prospective development. New York, Harper [1947] xiv, 338 p. tables. (Atlanta University publications, no. 24) [E185.5.A88 no. 24] E185.8.P5 "References" at end of most of the chapters.

434 Washington, Booker T. The Negro in business. Boston, Hertel, Jenkins [c1907] 379 p. plates, ports. [E185.8.W31] [TR: HD8081.A65W37 1907]

10--ECONOMIC CONDITIONS--Employment

435 Alexander, Richard D., _and others_. The management of racial integration in business; special report to management. Prepared under the supervision of Georges F. Doriot. New York, McGraw-Hill [1964] 147 p. E185.8.A55 Bibliography: p. 139-147.

436 Becker, Gary S. The economics of discrimination. [Chicago] University of Chicago Press [1957] 137 p. diagrs. (Studies in economics of the Economics Research Center of the University of Chicago) HD4903.5.U58B4 Bibliographical footnotes.

437 Blood, Robert O. Northern breakthrough. Belmont, Calif., Wadsworth Pub. Co. [1968] 157 p. F614.M6B55 Bibliography: p. 151-152.

438 Cayton, Horace R., _and_ George S. Mitchell. Black workers and the new unions. Chapel Hill, University of North Carolina Press, 1939. xviii, 473 p. E185.8.C39 "Three industries have been chosen for examination: iron and steel, meat packing, and railroad car shops." Bibliography: p. [458]-467.

439 Conference of Community Leaders on Equal Employment Opportunity, _Washington, D.C., 1962_. The American dream--equal opportunity; report on the Community Leaders' Conference, sponsored by President's Committee on Equal Opportunity, Washington, D.C., May 19, 1962. [Washington, U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1962] 56 p. illus. HD4903.5.U58C6 1962c

440 Connecticut. _Commission on Civil Rights._ Training of Negroes in the skilled trades, prepared by Henry G. Stetler, supervisor, Research Division. Hartford, 1954. 62 p. LC2802.C8A52

441 Daykin, Jon J. A study of southern Negro police officers in eleven selected major mid-south cities. [University, Miss.] 1965. 137 leaves. HV8145.A13D3 Thesis (M.A.)--University of Mississippi. Bibliography: leaves [128]-137.

442 Donald, Henderson H. The Negro migration of 1916-1918. Washington, Association for the Study of Negro Life and History, 1921. 116 p. E185.6.D67 "Reprinted from the _Journal of Negro History_, v. 6, no. 4, October 1921."

443 Durham, Philip, _and_ Everett L. Jones. The Negro cowboys. New York, Dodd, Mead [1965] 278 p. illus., maps, ports. F596.D8

444 Edwards, Gilbert Franklin. The Negro professional class. With a foreword by Otis Dudley Duncan. Glencoe, Ill., Free Press [1959] 224 p. E185.82.E23 "A development of the author's doctoral dissertation at the University of Chicago." Bibliography: p. 215-219.

445 Ferman, Louis A. The Negro and equal employment opportunities; a review of management experiences in twenty companies. New York, Praeger [1968] xv, 195 p. (Praeger special studies in U.S. economic and social development) E185.8.F44

446 Ferman, Louis A., Joyce L. Kornbluh, _and_ Joe A. Miller, _comps_. Negroes and jobs; a book of readings. Foreword by A. Philip Randolph. Ann Arbor, University of Michigan Press [1968] xv, 591 p. E185.8.F45 Includes bibliographies.

447 Foley, Eugene P. The achieving ghetto. [Washington, National Press, 1968] 156 p. E185.8.F6 Bibliographical references included in "Source notes" (p. 153-156).

448 Franklin, Charles L. The Negro labor unionist of New York; problems and conditions among Negroes in the labor unions in Manhattan with special reference to the N.R.A. and post-N.R.A. situations. New York, 1936. 417 p. [E185.8.F732] [TR: H31.C7 no. 420] Thesis (Ph.D.)--Columbia University, 1936. Published also as _Studies in History, Economics and Public Law, edited by the Faculty of Political Science of Columbia University, no. 420._ Bibliography: p. 398-402.

449 Garfinkel, Herbert. When Negroes march; the March on Washington Movement in the organizational politics for FEPC. Glencoe, Ill., Free Press [1959] 224 p. E185.61.G23 Bibliographical references included in "Notes" (p. 194-220).

450 Ginzberg, Eli. The Negro potential, by Eli Ginzberg assisted by James K. Anderson, Douglas W. Bray [and] Robert W. Smuts. New York, Columbia University Press, 1956. xvi, 144 p. tables. [E185.8.G58] [TR: HD8081.A44G56 1956] Bibliographical references included in "Notes" (p. [139]-144).

451 Gourlay, Jack G. The Negro salaried worker. [New York] American Management Association [1965] 103 p. illus. (AMA research study 70) HD21.A6 no. 70 Bibliographical footnotes.

452 Greene, Lorenzo J., _and_ Myra C. Callis. The employment of Negroes in the District of Columbia. Washington, Association for the Study of Negro Life and History [1931] 89 p. E185.8.G78

453 Greene, Lorenzo, J., _and_ Carter G. Woodson. The Negro wage earner. Washington, Association for the Study of Negro Life and History [c1930] 388 p. diagrs., tables. E185.8.G79 Bibliography: p. [369]-380.

454 Hayes, Laurence J. W. The Negro Federal Government worker; a study of his classification status in the District of Columbia, 1883-1938. Washington, Graduate School, Howard University, 1941. 156 p. diagr., tables. (The Howard University studies in the social sciences, v. 3, no. 1) [E185.8.H38] [TR: H31.H66 vol. 3, no. 1] Thesis (M.A.)--Howard University, 1941. Bibliographical footnotes.

455 Haynes, George E. The Negro at work in New York City; a study in economic progress. New York, 1912. 159 p. diagrs., tables. E185.93.N56H41 Thesis (Ph.D.)--Columbia University, 1912. Published also as Studies in History, Economics and Public Law, edited by the Faculty of Political Science of Columbia University, v. 49, no. 3, whole no. 124. "Select bibliography": p. 154-156.

456 Hiestand, Dale L. Economic growth and employment opportunities for minorities. Foreword by John F. Henning. Introduction by Eli Ginzberg. New York, Columbia University Press, 1964. xx, 127 p. HD4903.5.U58H5 1964 "Another version of this study [is titled] _Economic Growth and the Opportunities of Minorities: an Analysis of Changes in the Employment of Negroes and Women_." Bibliography: p. [125]-127.

457 Huson, Carolyn F., _and_ Michael E. Schiltz. College, color, and employment; racial differentials in postgraduate employment among 1964 graduates of Louisiana colleges. Chicago, National Opinion Research Center, 1966. xx, 124 p. (National Opinion Research Center. Report no. 116) HM261.A1N3 no. 116 "Research ... supported by the Office of Manpower Policy, Evaluation, and Research, U.S. Department of Labor, under grant no. 91-15-66-01."

458 Jackson, Luther P. Free Negro labor and property holding in Virginia, 1830-1860. New York, D. Appleton-Century Co. [1942] xix, 270 p. tables. E185.93.V8J18 At head of title: The American Historical Association. Bibliography: p. 230-238.

459 Jackson, Luther P. Negro office-holders in Virginia, 1865-1895. Norfolk, Va., Guide Quality Press, 1945, c1946. 88 p. port. E185.93.V8J19

460 Jacobson, Julius, _ed._ The Negro and the American labor movement. Garden City, N.Y., Anchor Books, 1968. 430 p. E185.8.J3 Bibliographical references included in "Notes" (p. 401-426).

461 Krislov, Samuel. The Negro in Federal employment: the quest for equal opportunity. Minneapolis, University of Minnesota Press [1967] 157 p. JK723.N4K7 1967 Bibliographical footnotes.

462 Marshall, F. Ray, _and_ Vernon M. Briggs. The Negro and apprenticeship. Baltimore, Johns Hopkins Press [1967] 283 p. E185.8.M24 "Based on a report prepared under a contract with the Office of Manpower Policy, Evaluation and Research, U.S. Department of Labor." Bibliographical footnotes.

463 Marshall, F. Ray. The Negro and organized labor. New York, Wiley [1965] 327 p. E185.8.M25 Bibliographical footnotes.

464 Marshall, F. Ray. The Negro worker. New York, Random House [1967] 180 p. (Studies in labor) [E185.8.M27] "SLE5." Bibliography: p. [171]-174.

465 Mayhew, Leon H. Law and equal opportunity; a study of the Massachusetts Commission Against Discrimination. Cambridge, Harvard University Press, 1968. 313 p. (A Publication of the Joint Center for Urban Studies of the Massachusetts Institute of Technology and Harvard University) KFM2811.5.N4M3 Bibliographical references included in "Notes" (p. 297-308).

466 National Association for the Advancement of Colored People. _Labor Dept._ The Negro wage-earner and apprenticeship training programs; a critical analysis with recommendations. New York [1961] 59 p. E185.8.N2 Bibliographical references included in "Notes" (p. 51-59).

467 National Conference on Equal Employment Opportunity, _Washington, D.C., 1962_. A time for action; proceedings. [Washington, U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1963] 70 p. ports. JK765.N32 1962 Sponsored by the Dept. of the Army.

468 National Industrial Conference Board. Company experience with Negro employment. [New York, 1966] 2 v. illus., forms, maps. (_Its_ Studies in personnel policy, no. 201) HF5549.A2N27 no. 201 "A research report from the Conference Board." Bibliography: v. 1, p. 172.

469 National Planning Association. _Committee of the South._ Selected studies of Negro employment in the South, prepared for the NPA Committee of the South. Washington, National Planning Association [1953-54] 5 v. (483 p.) illus. (_Its_ Reports, no. 6) HN79.A2N35 no. 6 1953 E185.8.N29 Bibliographical footnotes. Contents.--1. Negro employment in 3 southern plants of International Harvester Company, by J. Hope, II.--2. 4 studies of Negro employment in the Upper South, by D. Dewey.--3. Negro employment in the Birmingham metropolitan area, by L. T. Hawley.--4. 2 plants: Little Rock, by E. W. Eckard and B. U. Ratchford. 3 companies: New Orleans area, by H. W. Wissner.--5. Negro employment practices in the Chattanooga area, by W. H. Wesson, Jr. ---- ---- Another issue. [1955] 483 p. illus. (_Its_ Report no. 6) HN79.A2N35 no. 6 1955

470 National Urban League. _Dept. of Research and Community Projects._ Negro membership in American labor unions. New York [1930] 175 p. E185.8.N337 Issued by the agency under a variant name: Department of Research and Investigations.

471 New York _(State) State Commission for Human Rights. Research Division._ Apprentices, skilled craftsmen, and the Negro: an analysis. [New York, New York State Commission Against Discrimination, 1960] 137 p. tables. HD4885.U52N42 Bibliography: p. 135-137.

472 Nicol, Helen O. Negro women workers in 1960 [by Helen O. Nicol with the assistance of Merci L. Drake. Washington] U.S. Dept. of Labor, Women's Bureau; [for sale by the Supt. of Docs., U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1964] 55 p. illus., maps. (U.S. Women's Bureau. Bulletin 287) HD6093.A35 no. 287 "Supersedes Women's Bureau publication [Leaflet no. 19] _Negro Women and Their Jobs_, dated 1954." By Miriam Keeler.

473 Norgren, Paul H., _and others_. Employing the Negro in American industry; a study of management practices. New York, Industrial Relations Counselors, 1959. xiv, 171 p. (Industrial relations monographs, no. 17) E185.8.N64

474 Norgren, Paul H., _and_ Samuel E. Hill. Toward fair employment. With the assistance of F. Ray Marshall. New York, Columbia University Press, 1964. xiv, 296 p. HD4903.5.U58N6 Bibliography: p. [281]-283.

475 Northrup, Herbert R., _and_ Richard L. Rowan, _eds_. The Negro and employment opportunity; problems and practices. Ann Arbor, Bureau of Industrial Relations, Graduate School of Business Administration, University of Michigan [1965] 411 p. illus., map. E185.8.N649 Papers presented at a conference held on November 13, 1964, and sponsored by the Labor Relations Council of the Wharton School of Finance and Commerce, University of Pennsylvania. Includes bibliographical references.

476 Northrup, Herbert R. The Negro in the aerospace industry. Philadelphia, Industrial Research Unit, Wharton School of Finance and Commerce, University of Pennsylvania; distributed by University of Pennsylvania Press [1968] 90 p. illus. (The Racial policies of American industry. Report no. 2) E185.5.R3 no. 2 Bibliographical footnotes.

477 Northrup, Herbert R. The Negro in the automobile industry. Philadelphia, Industrial Research Unit, Wharton School of Finance and Commerce, University of Pennsylvania; distributed by University of Pennsylvania Press [1968] 75 p. (The Racial policies of American industry. Report no. 1) E185.5.R3 no. 1 University of Pennsylvania. Wharton School of Finance and Commerce. Industrial Research Unit. Research report series. Bibliographical footnotes.

477a Northrup, Herbert R. Organized labor and the Negro. Foreword by Sumner H. Slichter. New York, Harper [1944] xviii, 312 p. tables. E185.8.N65 Bibliographical references included in "Notes" (p. [259]-288). "Selected bibliography": p. 289-302.

478 Paynter, John H. Horse and buggy days with Uncle Sam. New York, Margent Press, 1943. 190 p. ports. E185.8.P38 Employment of Negroes under Civil Service.

479 Ringe, Helen H. Negroes in the United States: their employment and economic status. Washington, U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1952 [i.e. 1953] 58 p. diagrs., maps. (U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics. Bulletin no. 1119) [HD8051.A62 no. 1119] E185.8.R55 Bibliography: p. 53-55.

480 Ross, Arthur M., _and_ Herbert Hill, _eds_. Employment, race, and poverty. [New York, Harcourt, Brace & World, 1967] 598 p. E185.8.R6 One of a series of books from the four-year program of research and conferences on the subject of unemployment and the American economy supported by a Ford Foundation grant to the Institute of Industrial Relations at the Berkeley campus of the University of California.

481 Ross, Malcolm H. All manner of men. New York, Reynal & Hitchcock [1948] 314 p. HD4903.R63 A study of racial prejudice in employment. The author served as chairman of the Fair Employment Practices Committee during the Second World War.

482 Rowan, Richard L. The Negro in the steel industry. Philadelphia, Industrial Research Unit, Wharton School of Finance and Commerce, University of Pennsylvania; distributed by University of Pennsylvania Press [1968] 148 p. (The Racial policies of American industry. Report no. 3) E185.5.R3 no. 3 Bibliographical footnotes.

483 Ruchames, Louis. Race, jobs & politics; the story of FEPC. New York, Columbia University Press, 1953. 255 p. HD4903.5.U58R8 Bibliographical references included in "Notes" (p. [215]-240).

484 Rutledge, Aaron L., _and_ Gertrude D. Z. Gass. Nineteen Negro men; personality & manpower retraining. San Francisco, Jossey-Bass, 1967. xv, 109 p. E185.8.R8

485 Sovern, Michael I. Legal restraints on racial discrimination in employment. New York, Twentieth Century Fund, 1966. 270 p. DLC-LL [TR: KF3464.S6] "Notes" (54 p.) in pocket. Bibliography: p. 259-264.

486 Spero, Sterling D., _and_ Abram L. Harris. The black worker; the Negro and the labor movement. Port Washington, N.Y., Kennikat Press [1966, c1959] 509p. E185.8.S74 1966 First published in 1931. Bibliography: p. 485-496.

487 Staupers, Mabel K. No time for prejudice; a story of the integration of Negroes in nursing in the United States. New York, Macmillan [1961] 206 p. illus. RT83.5.S75

488 U.S. _Commission on Civil Rights. State Advisory Committees Division._ Reports on apprenticeship by the Advisory Committees to the United States Commission on Civil Rights in California, Connecticut, District of Columbia, Florida, Maryland, New Jersey, New York, Tennessee, and Wisconsin. [Washington] 1964. 158 p. E185.8.U553 Bibliographical footnotes.

489 U.S. _Dept. of Labor. Division of Negro Economics._ The Negro at work during the world war and during reconstruction; statistics, problems, and policies relating to the greater inclusion of Negro wage earners in American industry and agriculture. Second study on Negro labor. Washington, Govt. Print. Off., 1921. 144 p. diagrs., plates, tables. E185.8.U57

490 Wachtel, Dawn. The Negro and discrimination in employment. Ann Arbor, Institute of Labor and Industrial Relations, University of Michigan-Wayne State University [c1965] 96, [16] p. [E185.8.W2] [TR: E185.8.D33] Bibliography: p. [97]-[122].

491 Wesley, Charles H. Negro labor in the United States, 1850-1925; a study in American economic history. New York, Russell & Russell [1967, c1927] 343 p. map. E185.8.W4 1967 Bibliography: p. 321-330.

492 Woodson, Carter G. The Negro professional man and the community, with special emphasis on the physician and the lawyer. Washington, Association for the Study of Negro Life and History [c1934] xviii, 365 p. E185.82.W88

11--ECONOMIC CONDITIONS--Housing

493 Abrams, Charles. Forbidden neighbors; a study of prejudice in housing. New York, Harper [1955] 404 p. HD7293.A616

494 Abrams, Charles. Race bias in housing. [New York? 1947] 31 p. E185.89.H6A2 "Sponsored jointly by the American Civil Liberties Union, National Association for the Advancement of Colored People [and] American Council on Race Relations."

495 Arter, Rhetta M. WINS pilot preview; report of an action-research, demonstration project on the process of achieving equal housing opportunities, Women's Integrating Neighborhood Services, sponsored by the Educational Foundation of National Council of Negro Women. [New York, Research and Action Associates, c1961] 202 p. illus. E185.89.H6A7

496 Avins, Alfred, _ed._ Open occupancy vs. forced housing under the Fourteenth amendment; a symposium on anti-discrimination legislation, freedom of choice, and property rights in housing. New York, Book-mailer [c1963] 316 p. maps. DLC-LL [TR: KF5740.A75A48 1963] Bibliographical footnotes.

497 Chicago. _Mayor's Commission on Human Relations._ The Trumbull Park Homes disturbances; a chronological report, August 4, 1953, to June 30,1955. [Chicago, 1955?] 63 p. E185.89.H6C5

498 Clark, Henry. The church and residential desegregation; a case study of an open housing covenant campaign. New Haven, College & University Press [1965] 254 p. E185.89.H6C55 Bibliographical references included in "Notes" (p. 234-254).

499 Commission on Race and Housing. Where shall we live? Report. Berkeley, University of California Press, 1958. 77 p. HD7293.C6427

500 Connecticut. _Commission on Civil Rights._ Racial integration in private residential neighborhoods in Connecticut, by Henry G. Stetler, supervisor, Research Division. Hartford, 1957. 55 p. E185.89.H6C6

501 Connecticut. _Commission on Civil Rights._ Racial integration in public housing projects in Connecticut, prepared by Henry G. Stetler, supervisor, Research Division. Hartford, 1955 [i.e. 1956] 72 p. E185.89.H6C63

502 Deutsch, Morton, _and_ Mary E. Collins. Interracial housing; a psychological evaluation of a social experiment. Minneapolis, University of Minnesota Press [1951] xv, 173 p. E185.89.H6D4 Reprint issued by Russell & Russell, 1968. Bibliography: p. 149.

503 Duncan, Otis D., _and_ Beverly Duncan. The Negro population of Chicago; a study of residential succession. [Chicago] University of Chicago Press [1957] xxiv, 367 p. diagrs., maps (part fold.), tables. (Monograph series of the Chicago Community Inventory of the University of Chicago) F548.9.N3D8 Bibliography: p. 355-358.

504 Foote, Nelson N., and others. Housing choices and housing constraints. New York, McGraw-Hill, 1960. 450 p. illus. (ACTION series in housing and community development) HD7293.F62 Includes bibliography.

505 Glazer, Nathan, _and_ Davis McEntire, _eds_. Studies in housing & minority groups. With an introduction by Nathan Glazer. Special research report to the Commission on Race and Housing. Berkeley, University of California Press, 1960. xvii, 228 p. maps, tables. (Publications of the Commission on Race and Housing) E185.89.H6G55

506 Goldblatt, Harold S. Westchester real estate brokers, builders, bankers & Negro home-buyers; a report to the Housing Council of the Urban League of Westchester County, Inc. on opportunities for private open-occupancy housing in Westchester. [n.p.] 1954. 51 leaves. E185.89.H6G6

507 Grier, Eunice S., _and_ George W. Grier. Discrimination in housing; a handbook of fact. [New York, Anti-defamation League of B'nai B'rith, 1960] 67 p. (Freedom pamphlets) HD7293.G7

508 Grier, Eunice S., _and_ George W. Grier. Privately developed interracial housing; an analysis of experience. Special research report to the Commission on Race and Housing. Berkeley, University of California Press, 1960. 264 p. E185.89.H6G69 Bibliography: p. [251]-257.

509 Grier, George W., _and_ Eunice S. Grier. Equality and beyond; housing segregation and the goals of the Great Society. Chicago, Quadrangle Books, 1966. 115 p. maps. HD7293.G72 "Published in cooperation with the Anti-defamation League of B'nai B'rith." Based on the authors' _Discrimination in Housing_. Bibliographical references included in "Notes" (p. 101-109).

510 Johnson, Philip A. Call me neighbor, call me friend: the case history of the integration of a neighborhood on Chicago's south side. Garden City, N. Y., Doubleday, 1965. 184 p. illus. F548.9.N3J6 Bibliography: p. [177]-183.

511 Jones, William H. The housing of Negroes in Washington, D.C.; a study in human ecology. Washington, Howard University Press, 1929. 191 p. diagrs., form, maps, plates, port. E185.93.D6J6 "An investigation made under the auspices of the Interracial Committee of the Washington Federation of Churches." Bibliography: p. [157]-158.

512 Knight, Charles L. Negro housing in certain Virginia cities. Richmond, Va., William Byrd Press, 1927. 158 p. illus. (Publications of the University of Virginia. Phelps-Stokes fellowship papers, no. 8) E185.93.V8K6

513 Kraus, Henry. In the city was a garden; a housing project chronicle. New York, Renaissance Press, 1951. 255 p. F869.S38K7 Housing of Negroes in San Pedro, California.

514 Laurenti, Luigi. Property values and race; studies in seven cities. Special research report to the Commission on Race and Housing [prepared under the direction of Davis McEntire] Berkeley, University of California Press, 1960. xix, 256 p. diagrs., maps, tables. E185.89.H6L3 Bibliography: p. [249]-252.

515 Leaman, Samuel H. A study of housing decisions by Negro home owners and Negro renters. Chapel Hill [N.C.] 1967. 136 leaves. (Environmental policies and urban development thesis series, no. 8) E185.89.H6L4 Thesis (Master of Regional Planning)--University of North Carolina. Bibliography: leaves [132]-136.

516 Long, Herman H., _and_ Charles S. Johnson. People vs. property; race restrictive covenants in housing. Nashville, Fisk University Press, 1947. 107 p. diagrs., maps. E185.89.H6L7 Bibliographical footnotes.

517 Messner, Stephen D. Minority groups and housing; a selected bibliography, 1950-67. Selected and edited under the direction of Stephen D. Messner. [Storrs, Center for Real Estate and Urban Economic Studies, University of Connecticut, 1968] 60 p. (University of Connecticut. Center for Real Estate and Urban Economic Studies. General series, no. 1) HD251.C745 no. 1

518 Meyerson, Martin, _and_ Edward C. Banfield. Politics, planning, and the public interest; the case of public housing in Chicago. Glencoe, Ill., Free Press [1955] 353 p. illus. HD7304.C4M4

519 Needham, Maurice D. Negro Orleanian: status and stake in a city's economy and housing. New Orleans, Tulane Publications [1962] 278 p. illus. F379.N5N33 [TR: Needham, Maurice d'Arlan]

520 New York _(State) State Commission for Human Rights_. In search of housing; a study of experiences of Negro professional and technical personnel in New York State, by Eunice and George Grier. [New York] State Commission Against Discrimination, 1958. 52 p. E185.93.N56N44

521 Northwood, Lawrence K., _and_ Ernest A. T. Barth. Urban desegregation; Negro pioneers and their white neighbors. Seattle, University of Washington Press, 1965. xv, 131 p. map. E185.89.H6N6 Bibliography: p. 121-131.

522 Potomac Institute, _Washington, D.C._ The Federal role in equal housing opportunity; an affirmative program to implement Executive Order 11063. [Prepared by Arthur J. Levin, staff director. Washington, 1964] 28 p. [HD7293.P626]

523 President's Conference on Home Building and Home Ownership, Washington, D.C., 1931. Negro housing; report of the Committee on Negro Housing, Nannie H. Burroughs, chairman; prepared for the committee by Charles S. Johnson; edited by John M. Gries and James Ford. Washington [c1932] xiv, 282 p. plates. E185.86.P87 On cover: _Physical Aspects; Social and Economic Factors; Home Ownership and Financing._ Bibliography: p. 260-271.

524 Rapkin, Chester, _and_ William G. Grigsby. The demand for housing in racially mixed areas; a study of the nature of neighborhood change. Special research report to the Commission on Race and Housing and the Philadelphia Redevelopment Authority. Berkeley, University of California Press, 1960. xx, 177 p. illus., maps, tables. (Publications of the Commission on Race and Housing) F158.9.N3R3 Bibliographical footnotes.

525 Reid, Margaret G. Housing and income. [Chicago] University of Chicago Press [1962] xx, 415 p. diagrs., tables. HD7293.A3R4 Bibliography: p. 406-409. Bibliographical footnotes.

526 Schorr, Alvin L. Slums and social insecurity, an appraisal of the effectiveness of housing policies in helping to eliminate poverty in the United States. Washington, U.S. Govt. Print. Off. [1963] 168 p. (U.S. Social Security Administration. Division of Research and Statistics. Research report no. 1) HD7123.A39 no. 1 Bibliography: p. 151-168.

527 Sternlieb, George. The tenement landlord. New Brunswick, N.J., Urban Studies Center, Rutgers, State University [c1966] xvii, 269 p. illus., plates. HD7304.N6S7 Includes bibliographies.

528 Taeuber, Karl E., _and_ Alma F. Taeuber. Negroes in cities; residential segregation and neighborhood change. Chicago, Aldine Pub. Co. [1965] xvii, 284 p. illus., maps. (Population Research and Training Center monographs) E185.89.H6T3 Bibliography: p. 267-277.

529 Tillman, James A. Not by prayer alone; a report on the Greater Minneapolis Interfaith Fair Housing Program. Philadelphia, United Church Press [1964] 223 p. E185.89.H6T5

530 Tilly, Charles, Wagner D. Jackson, _and_ Barry Kay. Race and residence in Wilmington, Delaware. [New York] Bureau of Publications, Teachers College, Columbia University, 1965. 145 p. illus., maps. E185.89.H6T56 Bibliography: p. 135-140.

531 Tucker, Sterling. Why the ghetto must go. [New York, Public Affairs Committee, 1968] 28 p. illus. (Public affairs pamphlet, no. 423) E185.615.T83 Abstracted from the author's _Beyond the Burning: Life and Death of the Ghetto_.

532 U.S. _Commission on Civil Rights_. Civil rights U.S.A.; housing in Washington, D.C. [Washington, 1962] 45 p. tables. E185.89.H6U47 Bibliographical footnotes.

533 U.S. _Commission on Civil Rights_. Family housing and the Negro serviceman; 1963 staff report. Submitted to the United States Commission on Civil Rights, October 1963. [Washington, 1964] 48 p. E185.89.H6U47 1964 Bibliographical footnotes.

534 U.S. _Housing and Home Finance Agency. Office of Program Policy._ Our nonwhite population and its housing: the changes between 1950 and 1960. Washington [U.S. Govt. Print. Off.] 1963. 104 p. tables. E185.89.H6U5 1963a

535 Vose, Clement E. Caucasians only: the Supreme Court, the NAACP, and the restrictive covenant cases. Berkeley, University of California Press, 1959. 296 p. illus., maps, ports. DLC-LL [TR: KF662.Z9V67] Bibliographical references included in "Notes" (p. [253]-286).

536 Weaver, Robert C. The Negro ghetto. New York, Russell & Russell [1967, c1948] xviii, 404 p. illus., maps. E185.89.H6W4 1967 Bibliography: p. 371-375.

537 West Virginia. _Bureau of Negro Welfare and Statistics._ Negro housing survey of Charleston, Keystone, Kimball, Wheeling and Williamson. Prepared and issued by Bureau of Negro Welfare and Statistics of the State of West Virginia, 1938. Isaac M. Carpenter, director. [Charleston, Jarrett Print. Co., 1938] 35 p. illus., diagrs., maps, tables. E185.6.W42

538 Wolff, Reinhold P., _and_ David K. Gillogly. Negro housing in the Miami area; effects of the postwar building boom. [Coral Gables, Fla.] c1951. 22 p. illus. (Bureau of Business and Economic Research, University of Miami. Area development series, no. 1) HC107.F62D52 no. 1

539 Woofter, Thomas J., _and_ Madge H. Priest. Negro housing in Philadelphia, a study made for the Institute of Social and Religious Research and the Interracial Commission. [Philadelphia] 1927. 30 p. maps. E185.86.W905 "Published for distribution in Philadelphia by the Friends' Committee on Interests of the Colored Race, Whittier Center Housing Company, Philadelphia Housing Association."

12--EDUCATION

540 Alabama. University. _Bureau of Educational Research._ A study of Stillman Institute, a junior college for Negroes, conducted by the Bureau of Educational Research, College of Education, University of Alabama; edited by Paul W. Terry, director [and] L. Tennent Lee, associate director. University, University of Alabama Press [1947] xxx, 304 p. illus., plates, ports. (_Its_ Studies in education, no. 8 [i.e. 9]) [LC2852.T8652A6]

541 Anderson, Margaret. The children of the South. With a foreword by Ralph McGill. New York, Farrar, Straus and Giroux [1966] xiv, 208 p. LC2801.A83

542 Ashmore, Harry S. The Negro and the schools. Foreword by Owen J. Roberts. [2d ed.] Chapel Hill, University of North Carolina Press [1954] xv, 239 p. illus., maps. NcU [TR: LC2801.A87] "This edition contains the full text of the Court decision (except for technical footnotes) and has been revised to bring the legal history of segregation up to date." Bibliography: p. 218-220.

543 Badger, Henry G. Statistics of Negro colleges and universities: students, staff, and finances, 1900-1950. Washington, Federal Security Agency, Office of Education, 1951. 16 p. tables. ([U.S. Office of Education] Circular no. 293) [L111.A72 no. 293 LC2781.B3] [TR: L111.A72 no. 448] Also designated _Statistical Circular_. ---- ---- [Supplement] Statistics of Negro colleges and universities, 1951-52 and fall of 1954. [Washington] U.S. Dept. of Health, Education, and Welfare, Office of Education [1955] 16 p. tables. ([U.S. Office of Education] Circular no. 448) L111.A72 no. 448

544 Bates, Daisy G. The long shadow of Little Rock, a memoir. New York, D. McKay Co. [1962] 234 p. illus. F419.L7B3 The Little Rock school crisis.

545 Beam, Lura. He called them by the lightning; a teacher's odyssey in the Negro South, 1908-1919. Indianapolis, Bobbs-Merrill [1967] 230 p. E185.93.S8B4

546 Bede, _Brother_. A study of the development of Negro education under Catholic auspices in Maryland and the District of Columbia, by Michael Francis Rouse (Brother Bede, C.F.X.). Baltimore, Johns Hopkins Press, 1935. 125 p. (The Johns Hopkins University studies in education, no. 22) LB5.J6 no. 22 LC2802.M3B4 1935 Thesis (Ph.D.)--Johns Hopkins University. "A selected and annotated bibliography": p. 115-121.

547 Berman, Daniel M. It is so ordered: the Supreme Court rules on school segregation. New York, Norton [1966] 161 p. facsims. DLC-LL [TR: KF4155.B4] Appendixes (p. [131]-149): The texts of the Supreme Court opinions: Brown v. Board of Education of Topeka (1945); Bolling v. Sharpe (1945).--The implementation decision: Brown v. Board of Education of Topeka (1955). Bibliographical footnotes.

548 Bernstein, Abraham A. The education of urban populations. Consulting editor, Paul Nash. New York, Random House [1967] xvi, 398 p. LC5119.B4 Bibliography: p. [379]-386.

549 Blaustein, Albert P. Civil rights U.S.A.: public schools; cities in the North and West, 1963: Camden and environs. Staff report submitted to the U.S. Commission on Civil Rights. [Washington, 1964] 55 p. maps, tables. LA332.C3B55 Bibliographical references included in "Footnotes" (p. 46-48).

550 Blaustein, Albert P., _and_ Clarence C. Ferguson. Desegregation and the law; the meaning and effect of the school segregation cases. [2d ed. rev.] New York, Vintage Books [1962] 359 p. (Caravelle editions) DLC-LL [KF4155.B55 1962] Bibliographical references included in "Table of authorities" (p. 313-345).

551 Blossom, Virgil T. It has happened here. New York, Harper [1959] 209 p. F419.L7B53 Concerns desegregation of public schools in Little Rock.

552 Bond, Horace M. The education of the Negro in the American social order. With a new preface and an additional chapter by the author. New York, Octagon Books, 1966. xxvi, 531 p. illus. LC2801.B65 1966 First published in 1934. Bibliography: p. 491-511.

553 Bond, Horace M. Negro education in Alabama; a study in cotton and steel. Washington, Associated Publishers, 1939. 358 p. illus., diagrs., maps. LC2802.A2B6 1939 "The Susan Colver Rosenberger prize essay, 1937, the University of Chicago." Issued also as thesis (Ph.D.), University of Chicago, under title: _Social and Economic Influences on the Public Education of Negroes in Alabama, 1865-1930._ Bibliography: p. 293-304.

554 Bouma, Donald H., _and_ James Hoffman. The dynamics of school integration; problems and approaches in a northern city. Grand Rapids, W. B. Erdmans Pub. Co. [1968] 158 p. LB3062.B6 Bibliography: p. 149-154.

555 Brickman, William W., _and_ Stanley Lehrer, _eds_. The countdown on segregated education. New York, Society for the Advancement of Education, 1960. 175 p. LB3062.B7

556 Brown, Charles A. The origin and development of secondary education for Negroes in the metropolitan area of Birmingham, Alabama. [Birmingham, Commercial Print. Co., c1959] 98 p. illus. LC2803.B5B7

557 Brown, Hugh V. E-qual-ity education in North Carolina among Negroes. [Raleigh, N.C., Irving-Swain Press, 1964] 198 p. illus., ports. LC2802.N8B69 Bibliographical footnotes.

558 Brown, Hugh V. A history of the education of Negroes in North Carolina. [Raleigh, Irving Swain Press, 1961] 167 p. illus. LC2802.N8B7

559 Brown, Robert R. Bigger than Little Rock. Greenwich, Conn., Seabury Press, 1958. 150 p. F419.L7B7

559a Brownlee, Frederick L. Heritage of freedom, a centenary story of ten schools offering education in freedom. Philadelphia, United Church Press [1963] 108 p. illus. LC2801.B85

560 Bullock, Henry A. A history of Negro education in the South; from 1619 to the present. Cambridge, Harvard University Press, 1967. 399 p. illus. LC2801.B9 Bibliographical references included in "Notes" (p. 291-314).

561 Caldwell, Dista H. The education of the Negro child. New York, Carlton Press, 1961. 51 p. (A Reflection book) LC2731.C3

562 Caliver, Ambrose. A background study of Negro college students, by Ambrose Caliver, senior specialist in the education of Negroes, Office of Education. Washington, U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1933. 132 p. diagrs., tables. (U.S. Office of Education. Bulletin, 1933, no. 8) L111.A6 1933 no. 8 LC2801.C28 At head of title: United States Department of the Interior. Harold L. Ickes, Secretary. Office of Education. William John Cooper, Commissioner. Bibliography: p. 116-117.

563 Caliver, Ambrose. A personnel study of Negro college students; a study of the relations between certain background factors of Negro college students and their subsequent careers in college. New York, Teachers College, Columbia University, 1931. 146 p. diagrs., forms. (Teachers College, Columbia University. Contributions to education, no. 484) LC2801.C3 1931 [LB5.C8 no. 484] "The study includes 450 cases, comprising the entering students at Fisk University for the years 1926, 1927, and 1928."--p. 9. Issued also as thesis (Ph.D.)--Columbia University. Bibliography: p. 124-128.

564 Campbell, Ernest Q. When a city closes its schools, by Ernest Q. Campbell, with the assistance of Charles E. Bowerman [and] Daniel O. Price. Chapel Hill, Institute for Research in Social Science, University of North Carolina, 1960. 195 p. tables. (University of North Carolina, Institute for Research in Social Science. Monographs) LA381.N8C3

565 Clark, Kenneth B., _and_ Lawrence Plotkin. The Negro student at integrated colleges. [New York] National Scholarship Service and Fund for Negro Students, 1963. 59 p. LC2801.C55 Bibliography: p. 53-54.

566 Clift, Virgil A., Archibald W. Anderson, _and_ Henry Gordon Hullfish, _eds_. Negro education in America; its adequacy, problems, and needs. New York, Harper [1962] xxiii, 315 p. (Yearbook of the John Dewey Society, 16th) L101.U6J6 16th, 1962 Bibliographical footnotes.

567 [Coleman, James S.] Equality of educational opportunity; [summary report. Washington] U.S. Dept. of Health, Education, and Welfare, Office of Education; [for sale by the Supt. of Docs., U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1966] 33 p. illus. [LA209.2.C58] [TR: LC213.2.C65] "OE-38000." A slightly different version of the summary included, as section 1, in the main report of the survey. "The survey was carried out by the National Center for Educational Statistics of the U.S. Office of Education."

568 Coles, Robert. The desegregation of southern schools: a psychiatric study. New York, Anti-defamation League of B'nai B'rith, 1963. 25 p. LB3062.C6 Bibliographical footnotes.

569 Conant, James B. Slums and suburbs; a commentary on schools in metropolitan areas. New York, McGraw-Hill [1961] 147 p. LC5115.C6

570 Crain, Robert L. The politics of school desegregation; comparative case studies of community structure and policy-making. With the assistance of Morton Inger, Gerald A. McWorter [and] James J. Vanecko. Chicago, Aldine Pub. Co. [1968] xviii, 390 p. (National Opinion Research Center. Monographs in social research, 14) LA209.2.C7 Bibliography: p. 373-377.

571 Cuthbert, Marion V. Education and marginality; a study of the Negro woman college graduate. New York, 1942. xviii, 167 p. tables. LC2781.C8 Thesis (Ph.D.)--Columbia University, 1942. Bibliography: p. 161-166.

572 Dabney, Lillian G. The history of schools for Negroes in the District of Columbia, 1807-1947. Washington, Catholic University of America Press, 1949. 287 p. LC2802.D65D3 Thesis--Catholic University of America. Bibliography: p. 255-277.

573 Damerell, Reginald G. Triumph in a white suburb; the dramatic story of Teaneck, N.J., the first town in the Nation to vote for integrated schools. Introductions by Robert J. Havighurst and Neil V. Sullivan. New York, W. Morrow, 1968. 351 p. maps. LA333.T4D3

574 Davis, William R. The development and present status of Negro education in east Texas. New York, Teachers College, Columbia University, 1934. 150 p. illus., diagrs., maps. (Teachers College, Columbia University. Contributions to education, no. 626) LC2802.T4D3 1934a LB5.C8 no. 626 Issued also as thesis (Ph.D.)--Columbia University. Bibliography: p. 139-150.

575 Day, Richard E. Civil rights, U.S.A.; public schools, Southern States, 1963: North Carolina. Staff report submitted to the United States Commission on Civil Rights [Washington? 1963?] 60 p. maps. LA340.D3 Bibliographical references included in "Notes" (p. 42-48).

576 Derbigny, Irving A. General education in the Negro college. Stanford University, Stanford University Press [1947] 255 p. LC2781.D4 Bibliography: p. 245-249.

577 DuBois, William E. B., _ed._ The college-bred Negro; report of a social study made under the direction of Atlanta University; together with the Proceedings of the Fifth Conference for the Study of the Negro Problems, held at Atlanta University, May 29-30, 1900. Atlanta, Atlanta University Press, 1900. 115 p. (Atlanta University publications, no. 5) E185.5.A88 no. 5 LC2781.D8 1900 "A select bibliography of the American Negro for general readers": p. 6-9.

578 DuBois, William E. B., and Augustus G. Dill, _eds_. The common school and the Negro American; report of a social study made by Atlanta University under the patronage of the trustees of the John F. Slater Fund, with the Proceedings of the 16th Annual Conference for the Study of the Negro Problems, held at Atlanta University, on Tuesday, May 30th, 1911. Atlanta, Atlanta University Press, 1911. 140 p. (The Atlanta University publications, no. 16) [LC2771.D7] [TR: E185.5.A88 no. 16] "A select bibliography of common school education for Negro Americans": p. [9]-12.

579 Florida. _Attorney General._ Oliver Brown, et al., appellants, _v._ Board of Education of Topeka, Shawnee County, Kansas, et al. Harry Briggs, Jr., et al., appellants, _v._ R. W. Elliott, et al. Dorothy E. Davis, et al., appellants, _v._ County School Board of Prince Edward County, Virginia, et al. Frances B. Gebhart, et al., petitioners, _v._ Ethel Louise Belton, et al. Amicus curiae brief of the attorney general of Florida. Richard W. Ervin, attorney general of the State of Florida. Ralph E. Odum, assistant attorney general, State of Florida. [Tallahassee, 1954] 243 p. FU At head of title: In the Supreme Court of the United States. October term, 1954. No.-.

580 Forten, Charlotte L. Journal; with an introduction and notes by Ray Allen Billington. New York, Dryden Press [1953] 248 p. maps. LA2317.F67A3 Bibliographical references included in "Notes" (p. [205]-244). The life of the Sea Islands Negroes is described in this diary of a Negro teacher during 1854-64.

581 Gallagher, Buell G. American caste and the Negro college. With a foreword by William H. Kilpatrick. New York, Gordian Press, 1966 [c1938] 463 p. illus. LC2781.G3 1966 Issued also as thesis, Columbia University. Bibliography: p. [419]-443.

582 Gates, Robbins L. The making of massive resistance; Virginia's politics of public school desegregation, 1954-1956. Chapel Hill, University of North Carolina Press [1964] xx, 222 p. illus., maps. LA379.G3 Bibliography: p. 215-218.

583 Ginzberg, Eli, _and others_. The middle-class Negro in the white man's world. New York, Columbia University Press, 1967. 182 p. E185.82.G5 Findings from case studies initiated in 1964 by the Conservation of Human Resources Project, Columbia University.

584 Gordon, Edmund W., _and_ Doxey A. Wilkerson. Compensatory education for the disadvantaged; programs and practices, preschool through college. New York, College Entrance Examination Board, 1966. 209 p. LC4091.G57 Bibliography: p. 194-198.

585 Green, Donald R., _and_ Warren E. Gauerke. If the schools are closed: a critical analysis of the private school plan. Atlanta, Southern Regional Council, 1959. 40 p. LB3062.G73

586 Green, Robert L., _and others_. The educational status of children during the first school year following four years of little or no schooling. [East Lansing] School for Advanced Studies, College of Education, Michigan State University, 1966. 126 leaves. forms. LC2802.V8G7 Cooperative research project no. 2498 supported by the Cooperative Research Program of the Office of Education, U.S. Dept. of Health, Education, and Welfare. Includes bibliographies.

587 Greene, Harry W. Holders of doctorates among American Negroes: an educational and social study of Negroes who have earned doctoral degrees in course, 1876-1943. Boston, Meador Pub. Co. [1946] 275 p. LC2781.G7 Bibliography: p. 247-254.

588 Greene, Mary F., _and_ Orletta Ryan. The schoolchildren growing up in the slums. New York, Pantheon Books [1966, c1965] 227 p. LC5133.N4G7

589 Group for the Advancement of Psychiatry. Committee on Social Issues. Emotional aspects of school desegregation; a report by psychiatrists. [New York, Group for the Advancement of Psychiatry, 1960] 47 p. LB3062.G75 1960 "An abbreviated and less technical version of Report no. 37, _Psychiatric Aspects of School Desegregation, May, 1957._" Includes bibliographical references.

590 Gurin, Patricia, _and_ Daniel Katz. Motivation and aspiration in the Negro college. Ann Arbor, Mich., Survey Research Center, Institute for Social Research, University of Michigan, 1966. xvi, 346 p. LC2781.G8 Final report. Project no. 5-0787. Contract no. OE-4-10-095. Research performed under contract with the U.S. Office of Education. Bibliography: p. 341-346.

591 Guzman, Jessie P. Some achievements of the Negro through education. 2d rev. ed. Tuskegee Institute, Ala., Dept. of Records and Research, 1951. 41 leaves. (Records and research pamphlet, no. 1) E185.96.G8 1951 Bibliography: p. 39-40.

592 Guzman, Jessie P. Twenty years of court decisions affecting higher education in the South, 1938-1958. [Tuskegee Institute, Ala.] 1960. 36 p. [DLC-LL] [TR: KF4153.36.G8]

593 Hansen, Carl F. Miracle of social adjustment: desegregation in the Washington, D.C. schools. [New York, Anti-defamation League of B'nai B'rith, 1957] 70 p. illus. (Freedom pamphlets) LB3062.H3 ---- Addendum: a five year report. [New York, Anti-defamation League of B'nai B'rith, 1960] 31 p. LB3062.H3 Suppl.

594 Hayes, Rutherford B., _Pres. U.S._ Teach the freeman; the correspondence of Rutherford B. Hayes and the Slater Fund for Negro Education, 1881-1887. Edited by Louis D. Rubin. [Baton Rouge] Louisiana State University Press [1959] 2 v. LC2707.J6

595 Hill, Herbert, _and_ Jack Greenberg. Citizen's guide to desegregation; a study of social and legal change in American life. Boston, Beacon Press [1955] 185 p. [DLC-LL] [TR: KF4155.Z9H54]

596 Holley, Joseph W. Education and the segregation issue; a program of education for the economic and social regeneration of the southern Negro. New York, William-Frederick Press, 1955. 62 p. illus. E185.97.H714

597 Holley, Joseph W. You can't build a chimney from the top; the South through the life of a Negro educator. New York, William-Frederick Press, 1948. 226 p. illus., ports. E185.97.H715

598 Holmes, Dwight O. W. The evolution of the Negro college. New York, Teachers College, Columbia University, 1934. 221 p. (Teachers College, Columbia University. Contributions to education, no. 609) LC2801.H57 1934a LB5.C8 no. 609 Thesis (Ph.D.)--Columbia University. Bibliography: p. 211-221.

599 Humphrey, Hubert H., _ed._ School desegregation: documents and commentaries. New York, Crowell [1964] 314 p. LB3062.H8 1964a "Also published under the title _Integration vs. Segregation._" Bibliography: p. 305-308.

600 Hundley, Mary G. The Dunbar story, 1870-1955. With an introduction by Robert C. Weaver. New York, Vantage Press [1965] 179 p. [4] plates. LD7501.W3D8 About Dunbar High School, Washington, D. C. "Alma mater. Words by Dr. A. J. Cooper. Music by Miss M. L. Europe": (close score, for chorus SATB): plate [4]. Includes bibliographies.

601 In their own words; a student appraisal of what happened after school desegregation. Analysis by Mark A. Chesler. Atlanta, Southern Regional Council [1967] 76 p. LB3062.I45

602 Integrated Education. Learning together; a book on integrated education. Edited by Meyer Weinberg. Chicago, Integrated Education Associates, 1964. 222 p. LB3062.I5 Contains all the articles published in the first six numbers of _Integrated Education_, which started publication in January 1963. Bibliography: p. 211-222.

603 International Research Associates. Access to public libraries; a research project prepared for the Library Administration Division, American Library Association. Chicago, American Library Association, 1963. xxiii, 160 p. map, tables. Z711.9.I5 Bibliography: p. 154-156.

604 Jaffe, Abram J., Walter Adams, _and_ Sandra G. Meyers. Negro higher education in the 1960's. New York, Praeger [1968] xxvii, 290 p. illus. (Praeger special studies in U.S. economic and social development) LC2781.J3 Bibliography: p. [285]-290.

605 Johnson, Charles S. The Negro college graduate. Chapel Hill, University of North Carolina Press, 1938. xvii, 399 p. diagrs., maps (part fold.), tables. LC2781.J6 Bibliography: p. 378-384.

606 Kendall, Robert. White teacher in a black school. New York, Devin-Adair [1964] 241 p. LC2803.L6K4

607 Kilpatrick, James J. The Southern case for school segregation. [New York] Crowell-Collier Press [1962] 220 p. E185.61.K5 "A bibliographical note": p. 213-220.

608 Knapp, Robert B. Social integration in urban communities; a guide for educational planning. New York, Bureau of Publications, Teachers College, Columbia University, 1960. 196 p. (Teachers College studies in education) LB3062.K55 Bibliography: p. 192-196. Bibliographical footnotes.

609 Kohl, Herbert R. Teaching the unteachable; the story of an experiment in children's writing. Introduction by John Holt. [New York, New York Review, 1967] 63 p. illus. (A New York review book) LC2803.N5K6 1967

610 Kohl, Herbert R. 36 children. Illustrations by Robert George Jackson. [New York] New American Library [1967] 227 p. illus. LC2803.H3K6 1967 Includes letters, stories, etc., by the author's students in an East Harlem elementary school.

611 Kornhauser, Stanley H. Planning for the achievement of quality integrated education in desegregated schools; a composite report on the recommendations of workshop participants. Report writer and coordinator: Stanley H. Kornhauser. Editor: Martin Silverman. [New York, Board of Education, City of New York, Office of Intergroup Education] 1968. 100 p. HT1506.K65 Report of a workshop for teachers held May 6, 13, and 20, 1967, and sponsored by the Board of Education's Office of Integration and Human Relations.

612 Kozol, Jonathan. Death at an early age; the destruction of the hearts and minds of Negro children in the Boston public schools. Boston, Houghton Mifflin, 1967. 240 p. LC2803.B7K6 Bibliographical references included in "Notes" (p. [235]-240).

613 McGinnis, Frederick A. The education of Negroes in Ohio. Wilberforce, Ohio, 1962. 104 p. LC2802.O5M2

614 McGinnis, Frederick A. A history and an interpretation of Wilberforce University. Wilberforce, Ohio [Blanchester, Ohio, Printed at the Brown Pub. Co.] 1941. 215 p. plates, ports. LC2851.W62M2 Bibliography: p. 203-208.

615 McGrath, Earl J. The predominantly Negro colleges and universities in transition. [New York] Published for the Institute of Higher Education by the Bureau of Publications, Teachers College, Columbia University [1965] xv, 204 p. map. (Publications of the Institute of Higher Education.) LC2801.M28 Bibliography: p. 194-204.

616 McMillan, Lewis K. Negro higher education in the State of South Carolina. [Orangeburg? S.C., 1953, c1952] 296 p. facsims. LC2802.S6M25

617 Mallery, David. Negro students in independent schools. Boston, National Association of Independent Schools [1963] 93 p. LC2731.M25 "This monograph is no. 8 in a series of studies initiated by the Committee on Educational Practices of the National Council of Independent Schools and ... continued under the direction of its successor, the Committee on Research [later Committee on Educational Practices] of the National Association of Independent Schools."

618 Maryland. _Commission on Interracial Problems and Relations._ Desegregation in the Baltimore city schools. [Study sponsored by the Maryland Commission on Interracial Problems and Relations and the Baltimore Commission on Human Relations. Baltimore, 1955] 32 p. LB3062.M32

619 Maryland. _Commission on Interracial Problems and Relations._ The report of a study on desegregation in the Baltimore city schools, by Elinor Pancoast and others. [Baltimore, 1956] 114 p. LB3062.M34 Prepared under the direction of a joint committee representing the Maryland Commission on Interracial Problems and Relations and the Baltimore Commission on Human Relations. Bibliographical footnotes.

620 Meece, Leonard E. Negro education in Kentucky; a comparative study of white and Negro education on the elementary and secondary school levels. Lexington, Ky., University of Kentucky [1938] 180 p. diagrs., maps. (Bulletin of the Bureau of School Service, College of Education, University of Kentucky. v. 10, no. 3) LC2802.K4M4 Bibliography: p. [176]-178.

621 Meredith, James H. Three years in Mississippi. Bloomington, Indiana University Press [1966] 328 p. LD3412.9.M4A3 Autobiographical. An account of the experiences of the first Negro to gain admission to the University of Mississippi.

622 Meyer, Gladys E. Parent action in school integration; a New York experience. New York, United Parents Associations of New York City [1961] 46 p. LB3062.M4

623 Morgan, John W. The origin and distribution of the graduates of the Negro colleges of Georgia. Milledgeville, Ga., Priv. print., 1940. 118 p. map, tables. E185.82.M84 Bibliography: p. 117-118.

624 Muse, Benjamin. Ten years of prelude: the story of integration since the Supreme Court's 1954 decision. New York, Viking Press [1964] 308 p. E185.61.M989 Bibliography: p. 289-291. "Reference notes": p. 292-297.

625 National Education Association of the United States. _Research Division._ Studies of educational problems involved in school integration. [Washington, 1960] 31 p. LB3062.N3

626 National Scholarship Service and Fund for Negro Students. Opportunities in inter-racial colleges, edited by Richard L. Plaut, executive vice-chairman. New York, 1951. 240 p. LC2801.N3

627 Noble, Jeanne L. The Negro woman's college education. New York, Teachers College, Columbia University, 1956. 163 p. tables. (TC studies in education) LC1605.N6 Bibliography: p. 145-150.

628 Norfleet, Marvin B. Forced school integration in the U.S.A. New York, Carlton Press, 1961. 248 p. LB3062.N57

629 North Carolina. _Division of Negro Education._ Some tasks of union school principals in North Carolina, by S. E. Duncan, Division of Negro Education. Raleigh [1955] 141 p. LC2802.N8A52 1955

630 Pennington, Edgar L. Thomas Bray's Associates and their work among the Negroes. Worcester, Mass., The Society, 1939. 95 p. LC2801.P45 At head of title: American Antiquarian Society. "Reprinted from the Proceedings of the American Antiquarian Society for Oct., 1938."

631 Phelps-Stokes Fund. Ladders to improvement; report of a project for the improvement of instruction in secondary schools. Aaron Brown, editor. New York, 1960. 249 p. illus., diagrs., maps. LC2707.P45 Bibliography: p. 231-249.

632 Plaut, Richard L. Blueprint for talent searching; America's hidden manpower. [New York] National Scholarship Service and Fund for Negro Students [1957] 41 p. LB2338.P56

633 Poverty, education, and race relations; studies and proposals. [By] William C. Kvaraceus, John S. Gibson [and] Thomas J. Curtin. With contributions by Minna K. Barnett [and others] Boston [Published for the Lincoln Filene Center, Tufts University, Medford, Mass. by] Allyn and Bacon [1967] 226 p. LC2801.P63 "Most of these selected papers were drawn from the educational television course, Education and Race Relations." Bibliographical footnotes. Bibliography: p. 201-210.

634 Range, Willard. The rise and progress of Negro colleges in Georgia, 1865-1949. Athens, University of Georgia Press [1951] 254 p. [Phelps-Stokes fellowship studies, no. 15] E185.5.G35 no. 15 LC2802.G4R35 Bibliography: p. 236-248.

635 Record, Wilson, _and_ Jane C. Record, _eds._ Little Rock, U.S.A. San Francisco, Chandler Pub. Co. [1960] 338 p. illus. (Materials for analysis) LA242.L5R4 A chronological account of the integration of Central High School, Little Rock, Arkansas.

636 Sexton, Patricia C. Education and income; inequalities of opportunity in our public schools. Foreword by Kenneth B. Clark. New York, Viking Press, 1961. 298 p. illus. LA210.S4

637 Smith, Robert C. They closed their schools; Prince Edward County, Virginia, 1951-1964. Chapel Hill, University of North Carolina Press [1965] 281 p. LA380.P74S6 Bibliographical references included in "Notes" (p. [267]-281).

638 Southern Education Reporting Service. Southern schools: progress and problems, prepared by staff members and associates of Southern Education Reporting Service. Edited by Patrick McCauley and Edward D. Ball. Data collection directed by Bennie Carmichael. Chapters contributed by Tom Flake [and others] With introductions by Relman Morin [and] John A. Griffin. Nashville [1959] 174 p. illus., tables. LA201.S6

639 Southern Education Reporting Service. A statistical summary, State by State, of segregation-desegregation activity affecting southern schools from 1954 to present, together with pertinent data on enrollment, teachers, colleges, litigation and legislation. Rev. Nashville, 1961. 49 p. LB3062.S58 1961

640 Southern Education Reporting Service. With all deliberate speed; segregation-desegregation in southern schools. Prepared by staff members and associates of Southern Education Reporting Service: Bert Collier [and others] Edited by Don Shoemaker. New York, Harper [1957] 239 p. LB3062.S6 Bibliography: p. 218-224.

641 Spellman, Cecil L. Rough steps on my stairway; the life history of a Negro educator. New York, Exposition Press [1953] 273 p. LC2731.S65

642 Swint, Henry L. The northern teacher in the South, 1862-1870. New York, Octagon Books, 1967. 221 p. map. LC2801.S9 1967 Reprint of the 1941 ed. Bibliography: p. 201-207.

643 Trillin, Calvin. An education in Georgia; the integration of Charlayne Hunter and Hamilton Holmes. New York, Viking Press [1964] 180 p. LB3062.T7

644 Trubowitz, Sidney. A handbook for teaching in the ghetto school. Chicago, Quadrangle Books [1968] 175 p. LC4091.T7 Bibliography: p. 147-168.

645 U.S. _Commission on Civil Rights_. Civil rights U.S.A.: public schools, cities in the North and West, 1962; staff reports. [Washington, For sale by the Supt. of Docs., U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1962] 309 p. illus., maps (part fold.) LB3062.U63

646 U.S. _Commission on Civil Rights_. Civil rights U.S.A.: public schools, Southern States, 1962; staff reports. [Washington, For sale by the Supt. of Docs., U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1962] 217 p. LA209.2.A47 Includes bibliographical notes.

647 U.S. _Commission on Civil Rights_. Equal protection of the laws in public higher education, 1960. [Washington, 1961] xv, 355 p. diagrs., maps, tables. DLC-LL [TR: KF4155.A35 1961] Bibliography: p. 329-332.

648 U.S. _Commission on Civil Rights_. Racial isolation in the public schools; a report. Washington, For sale by the Supt. of Docs., U.S. Govt. Print. Off. [1967] 2 v. LA210.A45 Bibliographical footnotes.

649 U.S. _Commission on Civil Rights_. Southern school segregation, 1966-67; a report. [Washington] 1967. 163 p. [LA210.A46] Bibliographical footnotes.

650 U.S. _Congress. House. Committee on Education and Labor._ Integration in public education programs. Hearings before the Subcommittee on Integration in Federally Assisted Public Education Programs of the Committee on Education and Labor, House of Representatives, Eighty-seventh Congress, second session, on H.R. 6890 [and others]. Washington, U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1962. 2 pts. (720 p.) illus. [LB3062.U635] [TR: KF27.E3 1962f] Hearings held Feb. 27-June 15, 1962.

651 U.S. _Congress. House. Committee on Education and Labor._ Integration in public education programs. Report of the Subcommittee on Integration in Federally Assisted Public Education Programs. Washington, U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1962. 138 p. illus. LB3062.U636 At head of title: 87th Cong., 2d sess. Committee print. Bibliography: p. 98.

651a U.S. _Office of Education._ Negro education; a study of the private and higher schools for colored people in the United States. Prepared in cooperation with the Phelps-Stokes Fund under the direction of Thomas Jesse Jones, specialist in the education of racial groups, Bureau of Education. Washington, Govt. Print. Off., 1917. 2 v. illus., maps (1 fold.), plates, tables (part fold.) (Bulletin, 1916, no. 38-39) [L111.A6 1916 no. 38-39 LC2801.U64] LC2801.A5 1917 [TR: E185.82.U58] At head of title: Department of the Interior. Bureau of Education.

652 U.S. _Office of Education._ Survey of Negro colleges and universities, prepared in the Division of Higher Education, Arthur J. Klein, chief. Washington, U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1929. 964 p. tables. (_Its_ Bulletin, 1928, no. 7) L111.A6 1928 no. 7 LC2801.A38 At head of title: Department of the Interior. Bureau of Education. Each chapter also issued separately in 1928. Contents.--1, 2, and 3. Introduction, control and finance, education service.--4. Alabama.--5. Arkansas.--6. Delaware and Maryland.--7. District of Columbia.--8. Florida.--9. Georgia.--10. Kentucky.--11. Louisiana.--12. Mississippi and Oklahoma.--13. Missouri.--14. North Carolina.--15. Ohio and West Virginia.--16. Pennsylvania.--17. South Carolina.--18. Tennessee.--19. Texas.--20. Virginia.

653 U.S. _Office of Education_. _Division of Vocational Education._ Negro farm families can feed themselves; a handbook for teachers. Federal Security Agency, Paul V. McNutt, administrator. U.S. Office of Education, John W. Studebaker, commissioner. Washington, U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1942. 52 p. illus., diagrs., tables. [_Its_ Leaflet no. 8] [LC1045.A27 no. 8] Text continued on p. [3] of cover. "Prepared jointly by the Agricultural Education Service and Home Economics Education Service." "Prepared in the interest of the national nutrition program by the Vocational Division of the U.S. Office of Education. Issued by the Office of Defense Health and Welfare Services."--Verso of title page. Revision of U.S. Office of Education. Vocational Division. Misc[ellany] 2563, "Negro Farm Families Can Feed Themselves." "Suggested references on teaching units": p. 49-[53].

654 Virginia. _Commission on Constitutional Government._ Did the Court interpret or amend? The meaning of the Fourteenth amendment, in terms of a State's power to operate racially separate public schools, as defined by the courts. [Richmond, 1960] 43 p. (Historic statements and papers expounding the role of the States in their relation to the central government, 5) [Vi] [TR: LAW]

655 Washington, Booker T. My larger education; being chapters from my experience. Illustrated from photographs. Garden City, N.Y., Doubleday, Page, 1911. 313 p. plates, ports. [E185.97.W28] [TR: E185.97.W4A35 1911]

656 Washington, Booker T., _ed._ Tuskegee & its people: their ideals and achievements. New York, Appleton, 1905. xiv, 354 p. illus. LC2851.T82W2 Reprint issued by Negro Universities Press, 1969. Contents.--1. The school and its purposes.--2. Autobiographies by graduates of the school.

657 Washington Center for Metropolitan Studies, _Washington, D.C._ In search of a future; a pilot study of career-seeking experiences of selected high school graduates in Washington, D.C. Washington [196-] 117 leaves. LC2803.W3W35

658 Weinberg, Meyer, _comp_. Integrated education, a reader. Beverly Hills, Calif., Glencoe Press [1968] 376 p. illus., maps. LB3062.W42 Consists of selections from the magazine, _Integrated Education_. Includes bibliographies.

659 Wiggins, Samuel P. The desegregation era in higher education [by] Sam P. Wiggins, director, Southern Study in Higher Education. Berkeley, Calif., McCutchan Pub. Corp. [1966] 106 p. illus. LB2341.W54 [TR: Wiggins, Sam P.] Includes bibliographical references.

660 Wilkerson, Doxey A. Special problems of Negro education. Prepared for the Advisory Committee on Education. Washington, U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1939. xvi, 171 p. tables. ([U.S.] Advisory Committee on Education. Staff study no. 12) L111.A93 no. 12 LC2801.W5 "Publications of the committee": p. 171.

661 Wilson, Charles H. Education for Negroes in Mississippi since 1910. Boston, Meador Pub. Co. [1947] 641 p. illus., ports. LC2802.M7W5 Bibliography: p. 595-607.

662 Woodson, Carter G. The education of the Negro prior to 1861. New York, Arno Press, 1968. 454 p. (The American Negro, his history and literature) LC2741.W7 1968 Reprint of the 2d ed., 1919. Bibliography: p. 399-434.

663 Work Conference on Curriculum and Teaching in Depressed Urban Areas, _Columbia University_, 1962. Education in depressed areas; [papers]. A. Harry Passow, editor. New York, Bureau of Publications, Teachers College, Columbia University, 1963. 359 p. tables. LC5105.W6 1962 Includes bibliographies.

664 Wright, Marion M. T. The education of Negroes in New Jersey. New York, Teachers College, Columbia University, 1941. 227 p. (Teachers College, Columbia University. Contributions to education, no. 815) LC2802.N5W7 1941 Thesis (Ph.D.)--Columbia University. Bibliography: p. 212-227.

13--ENTERTAINMENT

665 Bond, Frederick W. The Negro and the drama; the direct and indirect contribution which the American Negro has made to drama and the legitimate stage, with the underlying conditions responsible. Washington, Associated Publishers [c1940] 213 p. PS338.N4B6 Bibliography: p. 202-208.

666 Fletcher, Tom. 100 years of the Negro in show business; the Tom Fletcher story. New York, Burdge [1954] 337 p. illus. [ML3561.N4F5] [TR: ML3556.F63 1954]

667 Hughes, Langston, _and_ Milton Meltzer. Black magic; a pictorial history of the Negro in American entertainment. Englewood Cliffs, N.J., Prentice-Hall [1967] 375 p. illus., ports. PN2286.H75

668 Isaacs, Edith J. R. The Negro in the American theatre. New York, Theatre Arts, 1947. 143 p. illus., ports. PN2286.I8

669 Jerome, Victor J. The Negro in Hollywood films. New York, Masses & Mainstream [1950] 64 p. PN1995.9.N4J4 "An expansion of a lecture ... delivered at a public forum held under the auspices of the Marxist cultural magazine, _Masses & Mainstream_ ... New York, on February 3, 1950." Bibliographical footnotes.

670 Mitchell, Loften. Black drama; the story of the American Negro in the theatre. New York, Hawthorn Books [1967] 248 p. illus., ports. PS338.N4M5

671 Patterson, Lindsay, _comp._ Anthology of the American Negro in the theatre; a critical approach. New York, Publishers Co. [1967] xiv, 306 p. illus., facsims., ports. (International library of Negro life and history) PN2226.P3 Published under the auspices of the Association for the Study of Negro Life and History. Bibliography: p. [293]-294.

672 Sandle, Floyd L. The Negro in the American educational theatre: an organizational development, 1911-1964. [Grambling? La.] 1964. xviii, 202 p. illus., ports. PN3182.S3 Bibliography: p. 199-202.

14--FOLK-LORE AND FOLK-TALES

673 Abrahams, Roger D. Deep down in the jungle ...; Negro narrative folklore from the streets of Philadelphia. Hatboro, Pa., Folklore Associates, 1964. 287 p. illus. GR103.A2 Bibliography: p. 269-275.

674 Adams, Edward C. L. Congaree sketches; scenes from Negro life in the swamps of the Congaree and tales by Tad and Scip of heaven and hell with other miscellany. With an introduction by Paul Green. Chapel Hill, University of North Carolina Press, 1927. xvii, 116 p. PZ3.A2114Co

675 Ballowe, Hewitt L. The Lawd sayin' the same; Negro folk tales of the Creole country. Introduction by Donald Joseph. [Baton Rouge] Louisiana State University Press [1947] xvi, 254 p. illus. PZ3.B2162Law

676 Bennett, John. The doctor to the dead; grotesque legends & folk tales of old Charleston. New York, Rinehart [1946] xv, 260 p. illus. GR103.B4

677 Botkin, Benjamin A., _ed._ A treasury of Mississippi River folklore; stories, ballads, traditions, and folkways of the mid-American river country. Foreword by Carl Carmer. New York, Crown Publishers [1955] xx, 620 p. illus. GR109.B58 Includes melodies with words. Bibliographical footnotes.

677a Bradford, Roark. Ol' man Adam and his chillun; being the tales they tell about the time when the Lord walked the earth like a natural man. With drawings by A. B. Walker. New York, Harper, 1928. xxiv, 264 p. illus. PS3503.R2215O6 1928

678 Bradford, Roark. This side of Jordan. With drawings by Erich Berry. New York, Harper, 1929. 255 p. illus. PZ3.B7254Th

679 Brewer, John Mason, _comp._ American Negro folklore. Illustrations by Richard Lowe. Chicago, Quadrangle Books, 1968. xviii, 386 p. illus., music. GR103.B66

680 Brewer, John Mason. Aunt Dicy tales; snuff-dipping tales of the Texas Negro. Foreword by Roy Bedichek. Illustrations by John T. Biggers. [Austin? Tex.] 1956. 80 p. illus. GR103.B67

681 Brewer, John Mason. Dog ghosts, and other Texas Negro folk tales. Drawings by John T. Biggers. Foreword by Chapman J. Milling. Austin, University of Texas Press [1958] 124 p. illus. GR103.B68

682 Brewer, John Mason. The Word on the Brazos; Negro preacher tales from the Brazos bottoms of Texas. Foreword by J. Frank Dobie; illustrations by Ralph White, Jr. Austin, University of Texas Press, 1953. 109 p. illus. GR103.B7

683 Brewer, John Mason. Worser days and better times; the folklore of the North Carolina Negro. With preface & notes by Warren E. Roberts. Drawings by R. L. Toben. Chicago, Quadrangle Books [1965] 192 p. illus. GR103.B72 Bibliography: p. 17-18.

684 Carmer, Carl L. Stars fell on Alabama. New York, Hill and Wang [1961, c1934] 291 p. illus. (American century series, AC37) F326.C275 1961

685 Chappell, Louis W. John Henry; a folk-lore study. Port Washington, N.Y., Kennikat Press [1968] 144 p. (Kennikat Press series in Negro culture and history) PS461.J6C5 1968 Reprint of the 1933 ed. Bibliography: p. [144]. Bibliographical footnotes.

686 Christensen, _Mrs._ A. M. H. Afro-American folk lore; told round cabin fires on the Sea Islands of South Carolina. Boston, J. G. Cupples Co. [1892] xiv, 116 p. plates. PZ8.1.C462A

687 Courlander, Harold. Terrapin's pot of sense. Illustrated by Elton Fax. New York, Holt [1957] 125 p. illus. PZ8.1.C8Te Short stories.

688 Dobie, James Frank, _ed._ Follow de drinkin' gou'd. Austin, Texas Folk-Lore Society, c1928. 201 p. music. (Publications of the Texas Folk-Lore Society, no. 7) [ICN] [TR: GR109.D6 1965] "Proceedings of the thirteenth annual session (1927) of the Texas Folk-Lore Society": p. [181]-182. Bibliographical footnotes.

689 Dobie, James Frank, _ed._ Tone the bell easy. [Facsim. ed.] Dallas, Southern Methodist University Press [1965, c1932] 199 p. illus., music. (Texas Folklore Society. Publication no. 10) GR108.D55 1965a "Proceedings of the Texas Folk-Lore Society, 1932": p. [186]-187.

690 Dorson, Richard M., _comp._ American Negro folktales, collected with introduction and notes by Richard M. Dorson. Greenwich, Conn., Fawcett Publications [1967] 378 p. (A Fawcett premier book, t357) GR103.D58 Selected primarily from the compiler's _Negro Folktales in Michigan_, 1956, and _Negro Tales from Pine Bluff, Arkansas, and Calvin, Michigan_, 1958. Bibliography: p. [379]-[381].

691 Dorson, Richard M., _ed._ Negro folktales in Michigan. Cambridge, Harvard University Press, 1956. 245 p. illus. GR103.D6

692 Dorson, Richard M., _ed._ Negro tales from Pine Bluff, Arkansas, and Calvin, Michigan. Bloomington, Indiana University Press, 1958. xviii, 292 p. (Indiana University publication. Folklore series, no. 12) GR108.D6 In 2 pts.; pt. 1 consists of tales by various informants; pt. 2, tales by James Douglas Suggs. Bibliography: p. 289-292. Includes bibliographical references.

693 Duncan, Eula G. Big Road Walker. Based on stories told by Alice Cannon; illustrated by Fritz Eichenberg. New York, F. A. Stokes Co., 1940. 121 p. illus. PZ8.1.D87Bi

694 Gonzales, Ambrose E. The black border; Gullah stories of the Carolina coast (with a glossary). Columbia, S.C., State Co., 1922. 348 p. E185.93.S7G6 [GR103.G6]

694a Gonzales, Ambrose E. With Aesop along the black border. Columbia, S.C., State Co., 1924. xiv, 298 p. GR103.G65 "The fables contained in this volume were ... published in the _State_ between August 1923 and February 1924."

695 Harris, Joel Chandler. Uncle Remus: his songs and his sayings. With a foreword by Marc Connelly and woodcuts by Seong Moy. New York, For the members of the Limited Editions Club, 1957. xviii, 158 p. illus. PZ7.H242Un45

696 Hughes, Langston, _and_ Arna W. Bontemps, _eds._ The book of Negro folklore. New York, Dodd, Mead, 1958. 624 p. illus. GR103.H74

697 Hurston, Zora N. Mules and men; with an introduction by Frank Boas. 10 illustrations by Miguel Covarrubias. Philadelphia, Lippincott, 1935. 342 p. illus., plates. GR103.H8 Contents.--pt. 1. Folk tales.--pt. 2. Hoodoo.--Appendix. 1. Negro songs with music (p. 309-[331]). 2. Formulae of hoodoo doctors. 3. Paraphernalia of conjure. 4. Prescriptions of root doctors.

698 Jackson, Bruce, _comp._ The Negro and his folklore in nineteenth-century periodicals, edited, with an introduction, by Bruce Jackson. Austin, Published for the American Folklore Society by the University of Texas Press [1967] xxiii, 374 p. (Publications of the American Folklore Society. Bibliographical and special series, v. 18) GR103.J3 Includes spirituals (principally unaccompanied). Bibliography: p. 353-367.

699 Johnson, Guy B. Folk culture on St. Helena Island, South Carolina. Foreword by Don Yoder. Hatboro, Pa., Folklore Associates, 1968 [c1930] xxi, 183 p. E185.93.S7J67 1968 Includes music. Bibliography: p. 174-179.

700 Johnson, Guy B. John Henry; tracking down a Negro legend. Chapel Hill, University of North Carolina Press, 1929. 155 p. facsim. (University of North Carolina. Social study series) PS461.J6J6 [ML3556.J7J7] Includes music. "Bibliography of John Henry": p. [152]-155.

701 Jones, Charles C. Negro myths from the Georgia coast told in the vernacular. Boston, Houghton, Mifflin, 1888. 171 p. GR103.J6

702 Love, Rose L., _ed._ A collection of folklore for children in elementary school and at home. New York, Vantage Press [1964] 83 p. illus. GR105.L6 Includes music.

702a Owen, Mary A. Voodoo tales, as told among the Negroes of the Southwest; collected from original sources by Mary Alicia Owen; introduction by Charles Godfrey Leland; illustrated by Juliette A. Owen and Louis Wain. New York, G. P. Putnam, 1893. xv, 310 p. illus. GR103.O82 Published in London the same year under title: _Old Rabbit, the Voodoo, and Other Sorcerers._

703 Parsons, Elsie W. C., _ed._ Folk-lore of the Sea Islands, South Carolina. Cambridge, Mass., American Folk-Lore Society, 1923. xxx, 219 p. map. (Memoirs of the American Folk-Lore Society, v. 16) GR1.A5 v. XVI Contains music. "List of informants or writers of the tales": p. xxiii-xxvi. "Bibliography and abbreviations": p. xxvii-xxx.

704 Puckett, Newbell N. Folk beliefs of the southern Negro. Montclair, N.J., Patterson Smith, 1968 [c1926] xiv, 644 p. illus. (Patterson Smith reprint series in criminology, law enforcement, and social problems, publication no. 22) GR103.P8 1968 Bibliography: p. [583]-598.

705 Robb, Bernard. Welcum hinges, with a foreword by Alexander William Armour and an introduction by Thomas Lomax Hunter; gravure illustrations by Woodi Ishmael. New York, E. P. Dutton, 1942. 215 p. illus., plates. GR103.R6 Plantation folk tales and sayings, in the Negro dialect and idiom of "Uncle Woodson," at Gay Mont, the Robb estate in Caroline County, Va.

706 Sale, John B. The tree named John. With twenty-two silhouettes by Joseph Cranston Jones. Chapel Hill, University of North Carolina Press, 1929. 151 p. illus., plates. GR103.S3

707 Stoney, Samuel G., _and_ Gertrude M. Shelby. Black Genesis; a chronicle. Illustrations by Martha Bensley Bruere. New York, Macmillan, 1930. xxix, 192 p. illus. GR103.S8 "Tales of the Gullah Negroes of the Carolina low country [told in the Gullah dialect]"--Foreword. "The family tree of Gullah folk speech and folk tales": p. ix-xxv.

708 Writers' Program. _Georgia._ Drums and shadows; survival studies among the Georgia coastal Negroes [by the] Savannah unit, Georgia Writers' Project, Work Projects Administration; foreword by Guy B. Johnson, photographs by Muriel and Malcolm Bell, Jr. Athens, University of Georgia Press, 1940. xx, 274 p. plates, ports. E185.93.G4W7 Bibliography: p. 259-263.

709 Writers' Program. _South Carolina._ South Carolina folk tales; stories of animals and supernatural beings, compiled by workers of the Writers' Program of the Works Projects Administration in the State of South Carolina. Sponsored by the University of South Carolina. Columbia, S.C. [1941] 122 p. (Bulletin of the University of South Carolina. October 1941) GR110.S6W7 "Bibliography for South Carolina folk tales": p. 118-122.

710 Writers' Program. _Tennessee._ God bless the devil! Liars' bench tales [by] James R. Aswell, Julia Willhoit, Jennette Edwards [and others] of the Tennessee Writers' Project; with illustrations by Ann Kelley of the Tennessee Art Project. Chapel Hill, University of North Carolina Press, 1940. 254 p. illus. GR110.T4W7 "Arranged and edited by James R. Aswell."--Preface.

15--HISTORY

711 Aplin, Norita, Shirley Seaton, _and_ Juanita Storey. The Negro American: his role, his quest. Clyde F. Varner, editor. Cleveland, Cleveland Public Schools, 1968. 246 p. map. E185.A56 Bibliography: p. 220-238.

712 Aptheker, Herbert, _ed._ A documentary history of the Negro people in the United States. Preface by W. E. B. DuBois. New York, Citadel Press [1951] xvi, 942 p. E185.A58

713 Aptheker, Herbert. Essays in the history of the American Negro. New York, International Publishers [1964] 216 p. E185.A6 1964 Bibliography: p. 211-216.

714 Aptheker, Herbert. To be free; studies in American Negro history. New York, International Publishers [1948] 256 p. E185.A63 "Reference notes": p. 193-248.

715 Bennett, Lerone. Before the Mayflower; a history of the Negro in America, 1619-1966. 3d ed. Chicago, Johnson Pub. Co., 1966. 449 p. illus., maps, ports. E185.B4 1966 Bibliography: p. [428]-442.

716 Bennett, Lerone. Black Power, U.S.A., the human side of Reconstruction, 1867-1877. Chicago, Johnson Pub. Co., 1967. 401 p. illus., ports. E185.2.B38 Bibliography: p. 390-393.

717 Bittle, William E., _and_ Gilbert Geis. The longest way home; Chief Alfred C. Sam's back-to-Africa movement. With the research assistance of Donald F. Parker. Detroit, Wayne State University Press, 1964. 229 p. E448.B615 Includes bibliographical "Notes" (p. 213-221).

718 Bontemps, Arna W. Story of the Negro; illustrated by Raymond Lufkin. 2d ed., enl. New York, Knopf, 1955. 243 p. illus. E29.N3B6 1955

719 Boykin, James H. The Negro in North Carolina prior to 1861; an historical monograph. New York, Pageant Press [1958] 84 p. E185.93.N6B6 Bibliographical references included in "Notes" (p. 77-84).

720 Broderick, Francis L., _and_ August Meier, _eds._ Negro protest thought in the twentieth century. Indianapolis, Bobbs-Merrill Co. [1966, c1965] xliii, 444 p. (The American heritage series) E185.B87

721 Broom, Leonard, _and_ Norval D. Glenn. Transformation of the Negro American. New York, Harper & Row [1965] 207 p. E185.6.B84 Bibliography: p. 193-199.

722 Brown, Ina C. The story of the American Negro. Decorations by Aaron Douglas. Rev. ed. New York, Friendship Press [1950] 212 p. illus. E185.6.B85 1950 Bibliography: p. 191-200.

723 Brown, William W. The rising son; or, The antecedents and advancement of the colored race. Boston, A. G. Brown, 1874. 552 p. port. E185.B884 "Representative men and women": p. 418-552.

724 Cain, Alfred E., _ed._ The winding road to freedom; a documentary survey of Negro experiences in America. Drawings: Horace Varela. Yonkers [N.Y.] Educational Heritage [1965] 384 p. illus., facsims., maps, ports. (Negro heritage library) [E185.C14] [TR: E184.6.C34] Bibliography: p. 374-377.

725 Caughey, John W., John H. Franklin, _and_ Ernest R. May. Land of the free; a history of the United States. Educational advisers: Richard M. Clowes [and] Alfred T. Clark, Jr. [Rev.] New York, Benziger Bros., 1966. 658 p. illus. (part col.), ports. E178.1.C36 1966 Includes bibliographies.

726 Chambers, Lucille A., _ed._ America's tenth man; a pictorial review of one-tenth of a nation, presenting the Negro contribution to American life today. Foreword by Henry Cabot Lodge, Jr. New York, Twayne Publishers [1957] 351 p. illus. E185.6.C46

727 Christian, Kathryn. The history of the Negro American; resource material. [Des Moines] Des Moines Public Schools, 1968. 43 p. E185.C52 Bibliography: p. 43.

728 Cincinnati. _Public Schools._ The Negro in American life [by] Mabel Morsbach. New York, Harcourt, Brace & World [1967] 273 p. illus., maps, ports. E185.C56 1967 Bibliography: p. 255-260.

729 Conrad, Earl. The invention of the Negro. New York, P. S. Eriksson [1967, c1966] 244 p. E185.C74 Bibliography: p. [232]-236.

730 Coulter, Ellis M. The Civil War and readjustment in Kentucky. Gloucester, Mass., P. Smith, 1966 [c1926] 468 p. maps. E509.C83 1966 [TR: Coulter, E. Merton] Bibliography: p. 449-458.

731 Cromwell, John W. The Negro in American history; men and women eminent in the evolution of the American of African descent. Washington, American Negro Academy, 1914. 284 p. plates, ports. E185.C92 Bibliography: p. 257-262. Reprint issued by Johnson Reprint Corp., 1969.

732 Davie, Maurice R. Negroes in American society. New York, Whittlesey House [1949] 542 p. maps. E185.6.D3 Includes "References."

733 Delany, Martin R. The condition, elevation, emigration, and destiny of the colored people of the United States. New York, Arno Press, 1968. 214 p. (The American Negro, his history and literature) E185.D33 1968 Reprint of the 1852 ed., with a new introduction.

734 Drotning, Phillip T. A guide to Negro history in America. Garden City, N.Y., Doubleday, 1968. xiv, 247 p. E185.D72

735 Eisenstadt, Murray. The Negro in American life. New York, Oxford Book Co. [1968] 380 p. (Oxford readings in social studies) E184.6.E35 Includes bibliographies.

736 Eppse, Merl R. A guide to the study of the Negro in American history. Nashville, National Publication Co. [1943] 181 p. E185.E69 1943 "First printing, June, 1937.... Third printing, revised and enlarged, September, 1943." Bibliography: p. 180-181.

737 Eppse, Merl R. The Negro, too, in American history. Nashville, National Publication Co., 1949. xxii, 644 p. illus., maps, ports. E185.E696 1949 Bibliographical references included in introduction. "Reading material": p. 551-572.

738 Ferris, William H. The African abroad; or, His evolution in western civilization, tracing his development under Caucasian milieu. New Haven, Tuttle, Morehouse & Taylor Press, 1913. 2 v. illus., plates, ports. E185.F39

739 Fishel, Leslie H., _and_ Benjamin Quarles. The Negro American; a documentary history. Glenview, Ill., Scott, Foresman [1967] 536 p. illus., facsims., maps, ports. E185.F5 Bibliographical footnotes.

740 Foster, William Z. The Negro people in American history. New York, International Publishers [1954] 608 p. E185.F6 Bibliography: p. 567-592.

741 Franklin, John H. The free Negro in North Carolina, 1790-1860. Chapel Hill, University of North Carolina Press, 1943. 271 p. maps, tables. E185.93.N6F7 Bibliography: p. [247]-258.

742 Franklin, John H. From slavery to freedom; a history of Negro Americans. 3d ed. [rev. and enl.] New York, Knopf, 1967. xxii, 686, xliii p. illus., ports. E185.F825 1967 "Bibliographical notes": p. [653]-686.

743 Franklin, John H. The militant South, 1800-1861. Cambridge, Belknap Press of Harvard University Press, 1956. 317 p. F213.F75 Includes bibliography.

744 Frazier, Edward Franklin. The Negro in the United States. Rev. ed. New York, Macmillan [1957] xxxiii, 769 p. diagrs., maps, tables. E185.F833 1957 Bibliography: p. 707-752.

745 Freidel, Frank B. The Negro and Puerto Rican in American history. Boston, Heath [1964] 27 p. illus., ports. E185.F85

746 Fuller, Thomas O. Pictorial history of the American Negro; a story of progress and development along social, political, economic, educational and spiritual lines. Memphis, Tenn., Pictorial History, 1933. xxiii, 375 p. illus. (part col.), maps, ports. E185.F97 Bibliography: p. 361-363.

747 Goldston, Robert C. The Negro revolution. New York, Macmillan [1968] 247 p. illus., ports. E185.G6

748 Greene, Lorenzo J. The Negro in colonial New England, 1620-1776. Port Washington, N.Y., Kennikat Press [1966, c1942] 404 p. E445.N5G7 1966 Reprint of a thesis, Columbia University, 1942. Bibliography: p. [361]-384.

749 Harlan, Louis R. The Negro in American history. Washington, American Historical Association [1965] 29 p. (Service Center for Teachers of History. Publication no. 61) E175.1.H3 Bibliography: p. 26-29.

750 Hartshorn, William N., _ed._ An era of progress and promise, 1863-1910; the religious, moral, and educational development of the American Negro since his emancipation. George W. Penniman, associate editor. Boston, Priscilla Pub. Co., 1910. 576 p. illus., ports. E185.6.H33 [TR: Hartshorn, W. N.]

751 Hesseltine, William B., _ed._ The tragic conflict; the Civil War and Reconstruction. Selected and edited with introduction and notes by William B. Hesseltine. New York, G. Braziller, 1962. 528 p. (The American epochs series) E464.H4 Bibliography: p. [527]-528.

752 Hodges, Carl G., _and_ Helene H. Levene, _comps._ Illinois Negro historymakers. Compiled with the assistance of Helen Horney, Julia Wanless and the Illinois State Historical Library staff. Chicago, Illinois Emancipation Centennial Commission, 1964. 91 p. illus., ports. E185.93.I2H6

753 Hughes, Langston, _and_ Milton Meltzer. A pictorial history of the Negro in America. 3d rev. ed. New York, Crown Publishers [1968] 380 p. illus., maps, ports. E185.H83 1968 "Third revision by C. Eric Lincoln and Milton Meltzer." Bibliography: p. 375.

754 Jordan, Winthrop D. White over black: American attitudes toward the Negro, 1550-1812. Chapel Hill, Published for the Institute of Early American History and Culture at Williamsburg, Va., by the University of North Carolina Press [1968] xx, 651 p. map. E185.J69 Bibliography: p. 610-614. Bibliographical footnotes.

755 Katz, William L., _comp._ Eyewitness; the Negro in American history. New York, Pitman Pub. Corp. [1967] xix, 554 p. illus., facsims., ports. E185.K28

756 Katz, William L. Teachers' guide to American Negro history. Chicago, Quadrangle Books [1968] 192 p. illus., ports. E185.K285 Includes bibliographies.

757 Lincoln, Charles Eric. The Negro pilgrimage in America. New York, Bantam Books [1967] 184 p. illus., facsims., ports. (Bantam pathfinder editions) E185.L47 [TR: Lincoln, C. Eric]

758 Little, Malcolm. Malcolm X on Afro-American history. [New York, Merit Publishers, 1967] 48 p. E185.L5 "Speech ... from ... a public meeting on January 24, 1965."

759 Litwack, Leon F. North of slavery; the Negro in the free States, 1790-1860. [Chicago] University of Chicago Press [1961] 318 p. E185.9.L5 "Bibliographical essay": p. 280-303.

760 Logan, Rayford W., _and_ Irving S. Cohen. The American Negro; old world background and new world experience. With the editorial assistance of Howard R. Anderson. Boston, Houghton Mifflin [1967] 278 p. illus., maps, ports. (Houghton Mifflin social studies program; history) E185.L84 Bibliography: p. 266-268.

761 Logan, Rayford W. The betrayal of the Negro, from Rutherford B. Hayes to Woodrow Wilson. New enl. ed. New York, Collier Books [1965] 447 p. E185.61.L64 1965 "Originally published as _The Negro in American Life and Thought: the Nadir, 1877-1901_." Bibliographical references included in "Notes" (p. 397-430).

762 Logan, Rayford W. The Negro in the United States, a brief history. Princeton, D. Van Nostrand [1957] 191 p. (An Anvil original, no. 19) E185.L85 Includes bibliography.

763 McPherson, James M. The Negro's Civil War; how American Negroes felt and acted during the war for the Union. New York, Pantheon Books [1965] 358 p. illus., ports. E540.N3M25 "A note on sources": p. [343]-347.

764 McPherson, James M. The struggle for equality; abolitionists and the Negro in the Civil War and Reconstruction. Princeton, Princeton University Press, 1964. 474 p. illus. E449.M176 "Bibliographical essay": p. 433-450.

765 Mazyck, Walter H. George Washington and the Negro. Washington, Associated Publishers [c1932] 180 p. E312.17.M38

766 Meier, August, _and_ Elliott M. Rudwick. From plantation to ghetto; an interpretive history of American Negroes. New York, Hill and Wang [1966] 280 p. map. E185.M4

767 Meier, August. Negro thought in America, 1880-1915; racial ideologies in the age of Booker T. Washington. Ann Arbor, University of Michigan Press [1963] 336 p. E185.6.M5 "Bibliographical note": p. 280-282. Bibliographical references included in "Notes" (p. 283-316).

768 Meltzer, Milton. In their own words; a history of the American Negro. New York, Crowell [1964-67] 3 v. illus., facsims., ports. E185.M54 Includes bibliographies. Contents.--[1.] 1619-1865.--[2.] 1865-1916.--[3.] 1916-1966.

769 Meltzer, Milton, _and_ August Meier. Time of trial, time of hope; the Negro in America, 1919-1941. Illustrated by Moneta Barnett. Garden City, N.Y., Doubleday, 1966. 120 p. illus., ports. (Zenith books) E185.6.M54

770 The Negro in American history. [Mortimer J. Adler, general editor; Charles Van Doren, editor; George Ducas, executive editor] With an introduction by Saunders Redding. [Chicago] Encyclopaedia Britannica Educational Corp. [1969] 3 v. illus. E185.N4 Contents.--1. Black Americans, 1928-1968.--2. A taste of freedom, 1854-1927.--3. Slaves and masters, 1567-1854.

771 New York _(City) Board of Education_. The Negro in American history. Albany, Reprinted by the University of the State of New York, Bureau of Secondary Curriculum Development, 1965. 158 p. E185.N56 Bibliography: p. 151-158. A curriculum guide which includes the African heritage.

772 Ottley, Roi. Black odyssey, the story of the Negro in America. New York, C. Scribner's Sons, 1948. 340 p. E185.O85 Bibliography: p. 315-322.

773 Pease, Frederick H. Found wanting. [Richmond, Va., 1968] 214 p. E185.P35

774 Pease, William H., _and_ Jane H. Pease. Black Utopia; Negro communal experiments in America. Madison, State Historical Society of Wisconsin, 1963. 204 p. E448.P36 Bibliography: p. [191]-200.

775 Pennington, James W. C. Text book of the origin and history, &c. &c. of the colored people. Hartford, L. Skinner, Printer, 1841. 96 p. E185.P41 Earliest attempt to write the history of the Negro.

776 Pinkney, Alphonso. Black Americans. Englewood Cliffs, N.J., Prentice-Hall [1959] xvii, 226 p. (Ethnic groups in American life series) E185.P5 Includes bibliographies.

777 Powell, Adam Clayton. Marching blacks, an interpretive history of the rise of the black common man. New York, Dial Press, 1945. 218 p. E185.6.P8 Bibliography: p. 215-218.

778 Quarles, Benjamin. Black abolitionists. New York, Oxford University Press [1969] 310 p. E449.Q17 "Note on bibliographical literature": p. 251-252. Bibliographical references included in "Notes" (p. 253-292).

779 Quarles, Benjamin. The Negro in the making of America. New York, Collier Books [1964] 288 p. (A Collier books original) E185.Q2 "AS 534." Bibliography: p. 267-271.

780 Redding, Jay Saunders. The Negro. Washington, Potomac Books, 1967. 101 p. illus. (The U.S.A. survey series) E185.R42 [TR: Redding, J. Saunders] Bibliography: p. 91-94.

781 Redding, Jay Saunders. On being Negro in America. Indianapolis, Bobbs-Merrill [1951] 156 p. E185.61.R3 [TR: Redding, J. Saunders]

782 Redding, Jay Saunders. They came in chains; Americans from Africa. Philadelphia, Lippincott [1950] 320 p. (The Peoples of America series) E185.R4 [TR: Redding, J. Saunders] Bibliography: p. 304-308.

783 Rogers, Joel A. Africa's gift to America; the Afro-American in the making and saving of the United States. New York [1959] 254 p. illus. E185.R74 [TR: Rogers, J. A.]

784 Rogers, Joel A. 100 amazing facts about the Negro, with complete proof; a short cut to the world history of the Negro. [24th rev. ed.] New York [1963] 58 p. illus., ports. HT1581.R62 1963 Stamped on t.p.: Distributed by Sportshelf, New Rochelle, N.Y.

785 Rose, Arnold M., _ed._ Assuring freedom to the free; a century of emancipation in the USA. With an introduction by Lyndon B. Johnson. Detroit, Wayne State University Press, 1964. 306 p. E185.6.R74 Bibliographical footnotes.

786 Sloan, Irving J. The American Negro; a chronology and fact book. 2d ed. Dobbs Ferry, N.Y., Oceana Publications, 1968. 112 p. E185.S57 1968 Bibliography: p. 71-[74].

787 Staudenraus, P. J. The African colonization movement, 1816-1865. New York, Columbia University Press, 1961. 323 p. E448.S78 Bibliographical references included in "Notes" (p. [252]-304). "Bibliographical essay": p. [305]-310.

788 Tannenbaum, Frank. Slave and citizen, the Negro in the Americas. New York, Knopf, 1947 [i.e. 1946] 128 p. double table. E29.N3T3 Bibliographical footnotes.

789 Thorpe, Earl E. The mind of the Negro; an intellectual history of Afro-Americans. Baton Rouge, La., Printed by Ortlieb Press [1961] 562 p. E185.82.T5 Bibliographical references included in "Footnotes" (p. [496]-548).

790 Thorpe, Earl E. Negro historians in the United States. Baton Rouge, La., Fraternal Press [1958] 188 p. E175.T5 Bibliography: p. 169-180.

791 Townsend, William H. Lincoln and the Bluegrass; slavery and civil war in Kentucky. [Lexington] University of Kentucky Press [1955] xiv, 392 p. illus., facsims., ports. E457.T78 "Bibliographical notes": p. [359]-385.

792 U.S. _Congress. House. Committee on Education and Labor. Select Subcommittee on Labor._ To establish a National Commission on Negro History and Culture. Hearing, Ninetieth Congress, second session, on H.R. 12962. March 18, 1968. Washington, U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 1968. 127 p. illus. KF27.E345 1968b Bibliographical footnotes.

793 Van Deusen, John G. The black man in white America. Washington, Associated Publishers, 1938. 338 p. E185.6.V28 Bibliography: p. 301-318.

794 Voegeli, V. Jacque. Free but not equal; the Midwest and the Negro during the Civil War. Chicago, University of Chicago Press [1967] 215 p. E185.9.V6 Includes bibliographical references.

795 Wade, Richard C., _ed._ The Negro in American life; selected readings, edited and annotated by Richard C. Wade with the editorial assistance of Howard R. Anderson. Boston, Houghton Mifflin [1965] 182 p. illus., ports. (Life in America series) E185.W17 Houghton Mifflin social studies program; history.

796 Wagandt, Charles L. The mighty revolution; Negro emancipation in Maryland, 1862-1864. Baltimore, Johns Hopkins Press [1964] 299 p. illus., maps. E512.W2 Bibliography: p. 269-284.

797 Washington, Booker T. The story of the Negro; the rise of the race from slavery. New York, P. Smith, 1940. 2 v. port. E185.W316 1940 "Published, November, 1909. Reprinted 1940." Bibliographical footnotes. Contents.--v. 1. pt. 1. The Negro in Africa. pt. 2. The Negro as a slave.--v. 2. pt. 3. The Negro as a freeman.

798 Wesley, Charles H. Neglected history; essays in Negro history by a college president: Charles H. Wesley. Wilberforce, Ohio, Central State College Press, 1965. 200 p. E185.W46 Bibliographical references included in "Historical notes" (p. 164-187).

799 Wesley, Charles H., _ed._ The Negro in the Americas. Washington, Graduate School, Howard University [1940] 86 p. (Public lectures of the Division of the Social Sciences of the Graduate School, Howard University. v. 1) H31.H65 v. 1 [E29.N3W5] Contents.--The Negro in the British West Indies, by Eric Williams.--Notes on the Negro in the French West Indies, by L.T. Achille.--The Negro in Spanish America, by R. W. Logan.--The Negro in Brazil, by Richard Pattee.--The Haitian nation, by Dantes Bellegarde.--Race, migration and citizenship, by Ira De A. Reid.--The Negro in the United States and Canada, by C. H. Wesley.

800 Weyl, Nathaniel. The Negro in American civilization. Washington, Public Affairs Press [1960] 360 p. E185.W5 "References": p. 322-351.

801 Williams, George W. History of the Negro race in America. New York, Bergman Publishers [1968] 2 v. port. E185.W7 1968 [TR: Williams, George Washington] Reprint of the 1883 ed. Bibliographical footnotes.

802 Woodson, Carter G. Free Negro heads of families in the United States in 1830, together with a brief treatment of the free Negro. Washington, Association for the Study of Negro Life and History [c1925] lviii, 296 p. E185.W887 "Second of a series of documentary studies of the free Negro provided for by a grant ... from the Laura Spelman Rockefeller memorial in 1921."--Foreword. Bibliographical footnotes.

803 Woodson, Carter G., _ed._ The mind of the Negro as reflected in letters written during the crisis, 1800-1860. New York, Russell & Russell [1969] xxxii, 672 p. E185.W8877 1969 Reprint of the 1926 ed. Bibliographical footnotes.

804 Woodson, Carter G., _and_ Charles H. Wesley. The Negro in our history. 10th ed., further rev. and enl. Washington, Associated Publishers [1962] 833 p. illus. E185.W89 1962 Bibliography: p. 775-803.

805 Woodson, Carter G. Negro makers of history. Washington, Associated Publishers [c1928] 362 p. illus., facsims., map, ports. E185.W895 "An adaptation of [the author's] _The Negro in Our History_ to the capacity of children in the elementary schools."--Preface.

806 Woodward, Comer Vann. The burden of southern history. Baton Rouge, Louisiana State University Press [1960] 205 p. F209.W6 [TR: Woodward, C. Vann] Essays.

807 Wynes, Charles E., _ed._ The Negro in the South since 1865; selected essays in American Negro history. University, University of Alabama Press [1965] 253 p. (Southern historical publications, no. 10) E185.6.W97 Bibliographical footnotes.

16--HISTORY--Slavery

808 Aptheker, Herbert. American Negro slave revolts. New York, International Publishers [1963] 409 p. E447.A67 1963 Issued also as thesis (Ph.D.), Columbia University. Includes bibliography.

809 Aptheker, Herbert. Nat Turner's slave rebellion. Together with the full text of the so-called "confessions" of Nat Turner made in prison in 1831. New York, Published for A.I.M.S. by Humanities Press [1966] 152 p. facsim. F232.S7A8 Thesis (M.A.)--Columbia University. Bibliography: p. 111-125.

810 Aptheker, Herbert. One continual cry; David Walker's Appeal to the colored citizens of the world, 1829-1830, its setting & its meaning, together with the full text of the third, and last, edition of the Appeal. New York, Published for A.I.M.S. by Humanities Press [1965] 150 p. E446.W2A6 Bibliography: p. 149-150.

811 Bancroft, Frederic. Slave-trading in the Old South. Baltimore, J. H. Furst Co., 1931. 415 p. facsims., plates, table. E442.B21

812 Barnes, Gilbert H. The antislavery impulse, 1830-1844. With a new introduction by William G. McLoughlin. New York, Harcourt, Brace & World [1964] xxxv, 298 p. E449.B264 1964 First published in 1933. Includes bibliographical references.

813 Brackett, Jeffrey R. The Negro in Maryland; a study of the institution of slavery. Baltimore, N. Murray, publication agent, Johns Hopkins University, 1889. 268 p. (Johns Hopkins University studies in historical and political science. Extra v. 6) H31.J62 v. 6 E445.M3B7

814 Bruce, Kathleen. Virginia iron manufacture in the slave era. New York, A. M. Kelley, 1968. 482 p. illus., facsim., map, port. (Library of early American business and industry, 22) HD9517.V52B7 1968 Reprints of economic classics. Reprint of the 1930 ed. Bibliography: p. 431-451.

815 Buckmaster, Henrietta, _pseud._ Let my people go; the story of the underground railroad and the growth of the abolition movement. New York, Harper [c1941] 398 p. map, plates, ports. E450.B89 1941 London edition (V. Gollancz) has title: _Out of the House of Bondage_. Bibliography: p. 375-388.

816 Coffin, Levi. Reminiscences of Levi Coffin, the reputed president of the underground railroad. New York, A. M. Kelley, 1968. 712 p. ports. (Reprints of economic classics) E450.C64 1968 Reprint of the 1876 ed.

817 Coleman, John Winston. Slavery times in Kentucky. Chapel Hill, University of North Carolina Press, 1940. xiv, 351 p. facsims., plates, ports. E445.K5C7 [TR: Coleman, J. Winston] "Selected bibliography": p. 327-332.

818 Davis, David B. The problem of slavery in Western culture. Ithaca, N.Y., Cornell University Press [1966] xiv, 505 p. HT871.D3 Bibliographical footnotes.

819 Dillon, Merton L. Benjamin Lundy and the struggle for Negro freedom. Urbana, University of Illinois Press, 1966. 285 p. port. E446.D54 Bibliography: p. [263]-267.

820 Donnan, Elizabeth, _ed._ Documents illustrative of the history of the slave trade to America. Washington, Carnegie Institution of Washington, 1930-35. 4 v. map, tables. (Carnegie Institution of Washington. Publication no. 409) E441.D68 AS32.A5 no. 409 On verso of t.p.: Division of Historical Research, Carnegie Institution of Washington. Contents.--1. 1441-1700.--2. The eighteenth century.--3. New England and the middle colonies.--4. The border colonies and the southern colonies.

821 Donovan, Frank R. Mr. Lincoln's proclamation; the story of the Emancipation Proclamation. New York, Dodd, Mead [1964] 146 p. illus., ports. E457.2.D68

822 Douglas, William O. Mr. Lincoln & the Negroes; the long road to equality. New York, Atheneum, 1963. 237 p. E457.2.D7 Appendix (p. 117-232) contains texts of documents from 1776 to 1963.

823 Drewry, William S. The Southampton Insurrection. Murfreesboro, N.C., Johnson Pub. Co., 1968. 240 p. illus., maps, ports. (A Virginia heritage book) F232.S7D7 1968 Reprint of the 1900 ed., with biographical notes on the author and an index. Bibliography: p. 198-201.

824 Duberman, Martin B., _ed._ The antislavery vanguard: new essays on the abolitionists. Princeton, Princeton University Press, 1965. 508 p. E449.D84 Bibliographical footnotes.

825 DuBois, William E. B. The suppression of the African slave-trade to the United States of America, 1638-1870. New York, Longmans, Green, 1896. 335 p. diagrs. (Harvard historical studies, v. 1) E441.D81 Appendixes.--A. A chronological conspectus of colonial and State legislation restricting the African slave-trade, 1641-1787.--B. A chronological conspectus of State, national, and international legislation, 1788-1871.--C. Typical cases of vessels engaged in the American slave-trade, 1619-1864.--D. Bibliography (p. [299]-325).

826 Dumond, Dwight L. Antislavery origins of the Civil War in the United States. Ann Arbor, University of Michigan Press, 1939. 143 p. E449.D87 "Commonwealth Foundation lectures, University College, London, second term, 1938-39." "List of additional readings": p. 131-134. "Selected bibliography of proslavery and antislavery publications": p. 135-139.

827 Dumond, Dwight L. Antislavery; the crusade for freedom in America. Ann Arbor, University of Michigan Press [1961] 422 p. illus., facsims., maps, ports. E441.D84 Bibliographical references included in "Notes" (p. [373]-413).

828 Elkins, Stanley M. Slavery; a problem in American institutional and intellectual life. 2d ed. Chicago, University of Chicago Press [1968] 263 p. E443.E4 1968 Bibliographical footnotes.

829 Federal Writers' Project. Lay my burden down; a folk history of slavery, edited by B. A. Botkin. Chicago, University of Chicago Press [1945] xxi, 285 p. plates. E444.F26 "A selection and integration of excerpts and complete narratives from the Slave Narrative Collection of the Federal Writers' Project."

830 Filler, Louis. The crusade against slavery, 1830-1860. New York, Harper [1960] 318 p. illus. (The New American nation series) E449.F49 Bibliography: p. 281-303.

831 Fisk University, _Nashville. Social Science Institute._ Unwritten history of slavery, autobiographical account of Negro ex-slaves. Nashville, 1945. 322 (i.e. 323) leaves. (_Its_ Social science source documents, no. 1) E444.F5 "The interviews with these ex-slaves were conducted during 1929 and 1930 by Mrs. Ophelia Settle Egypt."--Introductory note.

832 Fitzhugh, George. Cannibals all! or, Slaves without masters. Edited by C. Vann Woodward. Cambridge, Belknap Press of Harvard University Press, 1960. 264 p. (The John Harvard library) E449.F555 1960

833 Foner, Philip S. Business & slavery: the New York merchants & the irrepressible conflict. New York, Russell & Russell [1968] 356 p. F128.44.F67 1968 Reprint of the 1941 ed. Bibliography: p. 323-336.

834 Gara, Larry. The liberty line; the legend of the underground railroad. Lexington, University of Kentucky Press [1961] 201 p. E450.G22 Bibliographical footnotes.

835 Genovese, Eugene D. The political economy of slavery; studies in the economy & society of the slave South. New York, Pantheon Books [1965] xiv, 304 p. E442.G45 Includes bibliographies.

836 Halasz, Nicholas. The rattling chains; slave unrest and revolt in the antebellum South. New York, D. McKay Co. [1966] 274 p. E447.H3 Bibliography: p. 257-266.

837 Helper, Hinton R. The impending crisis of the South; how to meet it. Edited by George M. Fredrickson. Cambridge, Mass., Belknap Press of Harvard University Press, 1968. lxiii, 429 p. (The John Harvard library) E449.H483 1968 Reprint of the 1857 ed. with a new introduction by the editor. Bibliographical footnotes.

838 Hollander, Barnett. Slavery in America. New York, Barnes & Noble [1963] 212 p. DLC-LL [TR: London, Bowes & Bowes [c1962] KF4545.S5H59]

839 Jenkins, William S. Pro-slavery thought in the Old South. Gloucester, Mass., P. Smith, 1960 [c1935] 381 p. E441.J46 1960 Bibliography: p. 309-358.

839a Jernegan, Marcus W. Laboring and dependent classes in colonial America, 1607-1783; studies of the economic, educational, and social significance of slaves, servants, apprentices, and poor folk. Chicago, University of Chicago Press [c1931] 256 p. (Social service monographs, no. 17) E188.J57 "Bibliographical note": p. 211-212. "Notes": p. 213-248.

840 Johnson, Frank R. The Nat Turner slave insurrection. Murfreesboro, N.C., Johnson Pub. Co. [1966] 248 p. illus., maps. F232.S7J6 [TR: Johnson, F. Roy] "The confessions of Nat Turner": p. 225-248. Bibliographical references included in "Notes" (p. 187-210).

841 Kemble, Frances A. Journal of a residence on a Georgian plantation in 1838-1839. Edited, with an introduction, by John A. Scott. New York, Knopf, 1961. lxx, 415 p. facsim., maps, port. F290.K332 1961 [TR: Kemble, Fanny] "Bibliographical notes": p. 406-415. Bibliographical footnotes.

842 Korn, Bertram W. Jews and Negro slavery in the Old South, 1789-1865. Elkins Park, Pa., Reform Congregation Keneseth Israel, 1961. 68 p. illus. E441.K65 "Delivered as the presidential address at the fifty-ninth annual meeting of the American Jewish Historical Society, February 18, 1961, and reprinted from the March, 1961, issue of its quarterly _Publication_." Bibliographical footnotes.

843 Lader, Lawrence. The bold Brahmins; New England's war against slavery, 1831-1863. New York, Dutton, 1961. 318 p. illus. E449.L12 Bibliography: p. 293-312.

844 Latham, Frank B. The Dred Scott decision, March 6, 1857; slavery and the Supreme Court's self-inflicted wound. New York, F. Watts [1968] 54 p. illus., facsims., ports. (A Focus book) KF4545.S5L3 Bibliography, p. 52.

845 Lester, Julius, _comp._ To be a slave. Illustrated by Tom Feelings. New York, Dial Press [1968] 160 p. illus. E444.L47 A compilation, selected from various sources and arranged chronologically, of the reminiscences of slaves and ex-slaves about their experiences from the leaving of Africa through the Civil War and into the early twentieth century. Bibliography: p. 159-160.

846 Lloyd, Arthur Y. The slavery controversy, 1831-1860. Chapel Hill, University of North Carolina Press, 1939. 337 p. E449.L76 "Selected bibliography": p. [287]-322.

847 Lofton, John. Insurrection in South Carolina: the turbulent world of Denmark Vesey. Yellow Springs, Ohio, Antioch Press [1964] 294 p. maps. F279.C4L6 Bibliography: p. [274]-286.

848 Loguen, Jermain W. The Rev. J. W. Loguen as a slave and as a freeman. A narrative of real life. Syracuse, N.Y., J. G. K. Truair, Printers, 1859. 454 p. port. E444.L83 Written in the third person, but apparently the work of Loguen. "Testimony of Rev. E. P. Rogers," including a poem "Loguen's Position": p. 445-450.

849 McKitrick, Eric L., _ed._ Slavery defended: the views of the Old South. Englewood Cliffs, N.J., Prentice-Hall [1963] 180 p. (A Spectrum book) E449.M16 "Suggestions for further reading, and acknowledgments": p. 179-180.

850 McManus, Edgar J. A history of Negro slavery in New York. Foreword by Richard B. Morris. [Syracuse, N.Y.] Syracuse University Press [1966] 219 p. E445.N56M3 "Bibliographical note": p. 201-212.

851 May, Samuel J. Some recollections of our antislavery conflict. New York, Arno Press, 1968. 408 p. (The American Negro, his history and literature) E449.M461 1968 Reprint of the 1869 ed., with a new introduction.

852 Moore, George H. Notes on the history of slavery in Massachusetts. New York, Negro Universities Press [1968] 256 p. E445.M4M8 1968 Reprint of the 1866 ed. Bibliographical footnotes.

853 Olmsted, Frederick L. Journey through Texas; a saddle-trip on the southwestern frontier. Edited by James Howard. Austin, Tex., Von Boeckmann-Jones Press [distributed by University Cooperative Bookstore] 1962. 299 p. illus. F391.O512 1962 Bibliography: p. 291-295.

854 Owens, William A. Slave mutiny; the revolt on the schooner Amistad. New York, J. Day Co. [1953] 312 p. illus. E447.O9

855 Phillips, Ulrich B. American Negro slavery; a survey of the supply, employment and control of Negro labor as determined by the plantation regime. New York, Appleton, 1918. 529 p. E441.P549 Bibliographical footnotes.

856 Phillips, Ulrich B. Life and labor in the Old South. Boston, Little, Brown [1963] 375 p. illus. F209.P563 Bibliographical footnotes.

857 Pickard, Kate E. R. The kidnapped and the ransomed. [New York] Negro Publication Society of America, 1941. 315 p. ([Negro Publication Society of America. Publications] Series 1, History, no. 1) E444.S855 "The first edition ... appeared in 1856."--Editor's note. "Appendix. Seth Conklin [by W. H. Furness]": p. 293-315.

858 Postell, William D. The health of slaves on southern plantations. Baton Rouge, Louisiana State University Press [1951] 231 p. illus. (Louisiana State University studies. Social science series, no. 1) E443.P78 Bibliography: p. 214-226.

859 Rozwenc, Edwin C., _ed._ Slavery as a cause of the Civil War. Rev. ed. Boston, Heath [1963] 120 p. (Problems in American civilization; readings selected by the Dept. of American Studies, Amherst College) E459.R6 1963 "Suggestions for additional reading": p. 103-104.

860 Ruchames, Louis, _ed._ The abolitionists; a collection of their writings. New York, Putnam [1963] 259 p. E449.R88

861 Sanborn, Franklin B. Recollections of seventy years. Boston, R. G. Badger, 1909. Detroit, Gale Research Co., 1967. 2 v. (607 p.) illus., facsims., ports. (The Gale library of lives and letters: American writers series) E449.S21 1967 Contents.--v. 1. Political life.--v. 2. Literary life.

862 Scarborough, Ruth. The opposition to slavery in Georgia prior to 1860. New York, Negro Universities Press [1968, c1933] 257 p. E445.G3S25 1968 Bibliography: p. 252-257.

863 Sellers, James B. Slavery in Alabama. University, University of Alabama Press, 1950. 426 p. illus., ports. E445.A3S4 Bibliography: p. [399]-409.

864 Sherrard, Owen A. Freedom from fear; the slave and his emancipation. New York, St. Martin's Press [1961, c1959] 200 p. HT1162.S45 1961 Bibliography: p. [191]-193.

865 Shugg, Roger W. Origins of class struggle in Louisiana; a social history of white farmers and laborers during slavery and after, 1840-1875. [Baton Rouge] Louisiana State University Press [1968] xiv, 372 p. (Louisiana paperbacks, L-36) F374.S58 1968 Bibliography: p. 332-363.

866 Siebert, Wilbur H. The underground railroad from slavery to freedom. With an introduction by Albert Bushnell Hart. New York, Russell & Russell [1967] xxv, 478 p. illus., facsim., maps (part fold.), ports. E450.S57 1967 Reprint of the 1898 ed. Bibliography: p. 380-402.

867 Spears, John R. The American slave trade; an account of its origin, growth, and suppression. Abridged ed. New York, Ballantine Books [1960] 158 p. illus. (Ballantine books, 392K) E441.S736

868 Stampp, Kenneth M. The peculiar institution: slavery in the ante-bellum South. New York, Knopf, 1956. 435 p. E441.S8 "Manuscripts consulted, and their locations": p. 431-[436]. Bibliographical footnotes.

869 Starkey, Marion L. Striving to make it my home; the story of Americans from Africa. New York, Norton [1964] 256 p. E441.S82 Bibliographical references included in "Notes" (p. 251-256).

870 Starling, Marion W. The slave narrative; its place in American literary history. New York, New York University, 1949. 19 p. E444.S8 Abridgement of thesis--New York University. Bibliographical footnotes.

871 Stephenson, Clarence D. The impact of the slavery issue on Indiana County. Marion Center, Pa., Mahoning Mimeograph & Pamphlet Service [1964] 155 p. illus., facsims., ports. (Indiana County historical series, no. 2) F157.I3S78 Bibliography: p. 151-155.

872 Still, William. The underground rail road. A record of facts, authentic narratives, letters &c., narrating the hardships, hair-breadth escapes and death struggles of the slaves in their efforts for freedom, as related by themselves and others, or witnessed by the author; together with sketches of some of the largest stockholders, and most liberal aiders and advisers, of the road. Philadelphia, Porter & Coates, 1872. 780 p. illus., plates, ports. E450.S85 Reprint issued by Arno Press, 1968.

873 Strother, Horatio T. The underground railroad in Connecticut. Middletown, Conn., Wesleyan University Press [1962] 262 p. illus. E450.S93

874 The Suppressed book about slavery. New York, Arno Press, 1968. 432 p. illus. (The American Negro; his history and literature) E449.S9592 1968 Reprint of the 1864 ed.

875 Sydnor, Charles S. Slavery in Mississippi. Gloucester, Mass., P. Smith, 1965 [c1933] 270 p. map. E445.M6S92 1965 At head of title: The American Historical Association. Bibliography: p. 255-262.

876 Taylor, Joe G. Negro slavery in Louisiana. [Baton Rouge] Louisiana Historical Association [1963] 260 p. E445.L8T3 Bibliography: p. 239-252.

877 Trefousse, Hans L. The radical Republicans; Lincoln's vanguard for racial justice. New York, Knopf, 1969 [c1968] xiv, 492, xvii p. illus., ports. E449.T79 Bibliography: p. 471-492.

877a Turner, Edward R. The Negro in Pennsylvania, slavery--servitude--freedom, 1639-1861. Washington, American Historical Association, 1911. 314 p. (Prize essays of the American Historical Association, 1910) E185.93.P41T9 To this essay was awarded the Justin Winsor Prize in American History for 1910. Bibliography: p. 255-294.

878 Turner, Nat. The confessions of Nat Turner, the leader of the late insurrection in Southampton, Va., as fully and voluntarily made to Thomas R. Gray, in the prison where he was confined. Richmond, T. R. Gray, 1832. 24 p. F232.S7T9

879 Wade, Richard C. Slavery in the cities; the South, 1820-1860. New York, Oxford University Press, 1964. 340 p. E443.W3 Bibliographical references included in "Notes" (p. [287]-323).

880 Walker, David. David Walker's appeal, in four articles, together with a preamble, to the coloured citizens of the world, but in particular, and very expressly, to those of the United States of America. Edited and with an introduction by Charles M. Wiltse. New York, Hill and Wang [1965] 78 p. (American century series, AC73) E446.W178 Reprint of the 1929 ed. Bibliographical footnotes.

881 Wish, Harvey, _ed._ Slavery in the South; first-hand accounts of the ante-bellum American Southland from northern & southern whites, Negroes, & foreign observers. New York, Farrar, Straus [1964] xxi, 290 p. facsim. (Materials of American history series) E441.W78 Bibliography: p. [xxiii].

882 Zilversmit, Arthur. First emancipation; the abolition of slavery in the North. Chicago, University of Chicago Press [1967] 262 p. E446.Z5 "Bibliography essay": p. [245]-250.

17--HISTORY--Reconstruction

883 Abbott, Martin. The Freedmen's Bureau in South Carolina, 1865-1872. Chapel Hill, University of North Carolina Press [1967] 162 p. F274.A23 Bibliography: p. [145]-158.

884 Allen, James S. Reconstruction; the battle for democracy (1865-1876). New York, International Publishers [c1937] 256 p. illus. [A history of the American people] E668.A45 "Selected bibliography": p. 249-252.

884a Andrews, Sidney. The South since the war, as shown by fourteen weeks of travel and observation in Georgia and the Carolinas. Boston, Ticknor and Fields, 1866. 400 p. F216.A56

885 Bentley, George R. A history of the Freedmen's Bureau. Philadelphia, University of Pennsylvania, 1955. 298 p. E185.2.B4 Thesis--University of Wisconsin. Bibliography: p. 266-279.

886 Botume, Elizabeth H. First days amongst the contrabands. New York, Arno Press, 1968. 286 p. (The American Negro, his history and literature) E185.93.S7B7 1968 Reprint of the 1893 ed., with a new introduction.

887 Brock, William R. An American crisis: Congress and Reconstruction, 1865-1867. [New York] St. Martin's Press [1963] 312 p. E668.B85 "Bibliographical note": p. 305.

888 Bruce, Philip A. The plantation Negro as a freeman; observations on his character, condition, and prospects in Virginia. New York, G. P. Putnam's Sons, 1889. 262 p. (Questions of the day, no. 57) E185.6.B88

889 Buckmaster, Henrietta, _pseud._ Freedom bound. New York, Macmillan [1965] 185 p. E185.2.B9 Bibliography: p. 183-184.

890 Carter, Hodding. The angry scar; the story of Reconstruction. Garden City, N.Y., Doubleday, 1959. 425 p. (Mainstream of America series) E668.C3 Bibliography: p. [411]-414.

891 Coulter, Ellis M. The South during Reconstruction, 1865-1877. [Baton Rouge] Louisiana State University Press, 1947. 426 p. illus., maps (1 fold.) (A History of the South, v. 8) F216.C6 [TR: Coulter, E. Merton] "Critical essay on authorities": p. 392-407.

892 Craven, Avery O. Reconstruction: the ending of the Civil War. New York, Holt, Rinehart and Winston [1969] 330 p. E668.C9 Bibliography: p. 308-315.

893 Crowe, Charles R., _ed._ The age of Civil War and Reconstruction, 1830-1900; a book of interpretative essays. Homewood, Ill., Dorsey Press, 1966. 479 p. (The Dorsey series in American history) F209.C7 Includes bibliographies.

894 Current, Richard N., _ed._ Reconstruction, 1865-1877. Englewood Cliffs, N.J., Prentice-Hall [1965] 183 p. (A Spectrum book, S-114: Eyewitness accounts of American history) E668.C98

895 Dennett, John R. The South as it is: 1865-1866. Edited and with an introduction by Henry M. Christman. New York, Viking Press [1965] 370 p. F216.D4 1965 A series of articles written for _The Nation_, July 1865-Apr. 1866.

896 Donald, Henderson H. The Negro freedman; life conditions of the American Negro in the early years after emancipation. New York, H. Schuman, 1952. 270 p. E185.2.D65 Bibliography: p. [255]-258.

897 Drisko, Carol F., _and_ Edgar A. Toppin. The unfinished march; the Negro in the United States, Reconstruction to World War I. Illustrated by Tracy Sugarman. Garden City, N.Y., Doubleday, 1967. 118 p. col. illus. (Zenith books) E185.6.D7

898 DuBois, William E. B. Black Reconstruction in America; an essay toward a history of the part which black folk played in the attempt to reconstruct democracy in America, 1860-1880. New York, Russell & Russell [1966, c1935] 746 p. E668.D83 1966b Bibliography: p. 731-737.

899 Dunning, William A. Reconstruction, political and economic, 1865-1877. New York, Harper, 1907. xvi, 378 p. maps, port. (The American nation; a history, v. 22) E178.A54 v. 22 "Critical essay on authorities": p. [342]-357.

900 Evans, William McKee. Ballots and fence rails; Reconstruction on the lower Cape Fear. Chapel Hill, University of North Carolina Press [1967] 314 p. maps. F262.C2E9 1967 Bibliography: p. [291]-301.

901 Ficklen, John R. History of Reconstruction in Louisiana, through 1868. Gloucester, Mass., P. Smith, 1966 [c1910] 234 p. (Johns Hopkins University. Studies in historical and political science, ser. 28, no. 1) H31.J6 ser. 28, no. 1 1966 Bibliographical footnotes.

902 Fleming, Walter L., _ed._ Documentary history of Reconstruction, political, military, social, religious, educational & industrial, 1865 to the present time. Cleveland, A. H. Clark Co., 1906-7. 2 v. facsims., plates, port. E668.F58

903 Fleming, Walter L., _ed._ Documents relating to Reconstruction. Morgantown, W. Va., 1904. [269] p. E668.F59 Contents.--no. 1. The constitution and the ritual of the Knights of the White Camelia.--no. 2. Revised and amended prescript of Ku Klux Klan.--no. 3. Union League documents.--no. 4-5. Public frauds in South Carolina. The constitution of the Council of Safety. Local Ku Klux constitution. The '76 Association.--no. 6-7. Freedmen's Bureau documents. The Freedmen's Savings Bank.--no. 8. Laws relating to freedmen, 1865-6.

904 Franklin, John H. The Emancipation Proclamation. Garden City, N.Y., Doubleday, 1963. 181 p. illus. E453.F8 [TR: Franklin, John Hope] "Sources": p. 157-162. Bibliographical references included in "Notes" (p. [163]-173).

905 Franklin, John H. Reconstruction: after the Civil War. [Chicago] University of Chicago Press [1961] 258 p. illus. (The Chicago history of American civilization) E668.F7 [TR: Franklin, John Hope] "Suggested reading": p. 232-242.

906 Henry, Robert S. The story of Reconstruction. Indianapolis, Bobbs-Merrill Co. [c1938] 633 p. map (on lining papers), plates. E668.H516 Bibliography included in "Acknowledgments."

907 Hyman, Harold M., _ed._ New frontiers of the American Reconstruction. Urbana, University of Illinois Press, 1966. 156 p. E668.H98 Papers presented at a conference held at the University of Illinois in April 1965. Includes bibliographical footnotes.

908 Hyman, Harold M., _comp._ The radical Republicans and Reconstruction, 1861-1870. Indianapolis, Bobbs-Merrill [1967] lxxxvi, 538 p. (The American heritage series, 47) E668.H985 Bibliography: lxix-lxxxvi.

909 Lynch, John R. The facts of Reconstruction. New York, Neale Pub. Co., 1913. 325 p. ports. E668.L98 "The state of Mississippi is made the pivotal one in the presentation of the facts and historical points touched upon in this work."--Preface.

910 McCarthy, Charles H. Lincoln's plan of reconstruction. New York, McClure, Phillips, 1901. xxiv, 504 p. E456.M23

911 McKitrick, Eric L. Andrew Johnson and Reconstruction. [Chicago] University of Chicago Press [1960] 533 p. E668.M156 "Selected bibliography, with notes": p. 511-521.

912 McWhiney, Grady, _ed._ Reconstruction and the freedmen. Chicago, Rand McNally [1963] 54 p. (The Berkeley series in American history) E185.2.M3 Bibliography: p. 54.

913 Nunn, William C. Texas under the carpetbaggers. Austin, University of Texas Press [1962] 304 p. illus. F391.N965 Bibliography: p. 263-269.

914 Pollard, Edward A. The lost cause regained. New York, G. W. Carleton, 1868. 214 p. E666.P77

915 Randall, James G. The Civil War and Reconstruction. Boston, D. C. Heath [c1937] xvii, 959 p. illus., diagrs., facsims., maps, ports. E468.R26 [TR: Randall, James Garfield] "Bibliographical note": p. 881-883. Bibliography: p. 885-924.

916 Richardson, Joe M. The Negro in the reconstruction of Florida, 1865-1877. Tallahassee, Florida State University, 1965. 255 p. (Florida State University studies, no. 46) AS36.F57 no. 46 Bibliography: p. 241-249.

917 Shenton, James P., _ed._ The Reconstruction; a documentary history of the South after the war: 1865-1877. New York, Putnam [1963] 314 p. E668.S543

918 Sinclair, William A. The aftermath of slavery; a study of the condition and environment of the American Negro. With an introduction by Thomas Wentworth Higginson. Boston, Small, Maynard, 1905. 358 p. E185.6.S61

919 Skaggs, William H. The southern oligarchy; an appeal in behalf of the silent masses of our country against the despotic rule of the few. New York, Devin-Adair Co., 1924. 472 p. F209.S62

920 Stampp, Kenneth M. The era of Reconstruction, 1865-1877. New York, Knopf, 1965. 228 p. E668.S79 "Bibliographical note": p. 217-[229].

921 Sterling, Dorothy. Forever free, the story of the Emancipation Proclamation. Illustrated by Ernest Crichlow. Garden City, N.Y., Doubleday [1963] 208 p. illus. E453.S83 1963 Bibliographical references included in "Note to the reader" (p. [199]-204).

922 Straker, David Augustus. The new South investigated. Detroit, Ferguson Print. Co., 1888. 230 p. port. F215.S89 [TR: Straker, D. Augustus]

923 Swint, Henry L., _ed._ Dear ones at home; letters from contraband camps. Nashville, Vanderbilt University Press, 1966. 274 p. map. E185.2.S98 Letters written 1861-1870, chiefly by Lucy and Sarah Chase. Bibliography: p. 259-267.

924 Taylor, Alrutheus A. The Negro in South Carolina during the Reconstruction. Washington, Association for the Study of Negro Life and History [c1924] 341 p. E185.93.S7T3 Bibliography: p. 314-322.

925 Taylor, Alrutheus A. The Negro in the reconstruction of Virginia. Washington, Association for the Study of Negro Life and History [c1926] 300 p. E185.93.V8T3 Bibliography: p. 287-292.

926 Wallace, John. Carpet-bag rule in Florida; the inside workings of the reconstruction of civil government in Florida after the close of the Civil War. A facsimile reproduction of the 1888 ed., with introduction & notes by Allan Nevins. Gainesville, University of Florida Press, 1964. xxxii, 444 p. col. coat of arms, ports. (Quadricentennial edition of the Floridiana facsimile & reprint series) F316.W19 1888a Bibliographical references included in "Notes" (p. xxv-xxvi).

927 Whyte, James H. The uncivil war; Washington during the Reconstruction, 1865-1878. New York, Twayne Publishers [1958] 316 p. illus. F198.W45 Bibliography: p. 296-305.

928 Williams, George W. 1862--emancipation day--1884. The Negro as a political problem. Oration ... at the Asbury Church, Washington, D.C., April 16, 1884. Boston, A. Mudge, Printers, 1884. 40 p. E185.6.W72

929 Williamson, Joel. After slavery; the Negro in South Carolina during the Reconstruction, 1861-1877. Chapel Hill, University of North Carolina Press [1965] 442 p. E185.93.S7W73 Bibliography: p. [419]-430.

930 Wilson, Joseph T. Emancipation: its course and progress; from 1481 B.C. to A.D. 1875, with a review of President Lincoln's proclamations, the XIII amendment, and the progress of the freed people since emancipation; with a history of the emancipation monument. Hampton, Va., Normal School Steam Power Press Print, 1882. 242 p. port. E453.W77 Revised and enlarged from a pamphlet published in 1881.

18--LEGAL STATUS

931 Avins, Alfred, _comp._ The Reconstruction amendments' debates: the legislative history and contemporary debates in Congress on the 13th, 14th, and 15th amendments. Richmond, Virginia Commission on Constitutional Government, 1967. xxxii, 764 p. KF4756.A29A9 Selections from the _Congressional Globe_ and the _Congressional Record_, covering the years 1849 to 1875. Bibliography: p. i-ii.

932 Berger, Morroe. Equality by statute; the revolution in civil rights. Rev. ed. Garden City, N. Y., Doubleday, 1967. 253 p. KF4757.B4 1967 Bibliography: p. [230]-236.

933 Catterall, Helen H. T., _ed._ Judicial cases concerning American slavery and the Negro. New York, Octagon Books, 1968. 5 v. KF4545.S5C3 1968 Reprint of the 1926 ed. Vols. 4-5, "with additions by James J. Hayden." Bibliographical footnotes. Contents.--v. 1. Cases from the courts of England, Virginia, West Virginia, and Kentucky.--v. 2. Cases from the courts of North Carolina, South Carolina, and Tennessee.--v. 3. Cases from the courts of Georgia, Florida, Alabama, Mississippi, and Louisiana.--v. 4. Cases from the courts of New England, the middle States, and the District of Columbia.--v. 5. Cases from the courts of States north of the Ohio and west of the Mississippi Rivers, Canada and Jamaica.

934 Collins, Charles W. The Fourteenth amendment and the States: a study of the operation of the restraint clauses of section one of the Fourteenth amendment to the Constitution of the United States. Boston, Little, Brown, 1912. xxi, 220 p. diagrs., tables. [JK169 14th 1912] [TR: KF4558 14th.C64 1912] Some of these studies "have within recent months appeared, in substantially their present form" in the _American Law Review_, the _Yale Law Journal_, the _Columbia Law Review_, and the _South Atlantic Quarterly_.--Preface.

935 Conference on Discrimination and the Law, _University of Chicago, 1963_. Discrimination and the law; [papers] edited by Vern Countryman. Chicago, University of Chicago Press [1965] xiv, 170 p. DLC-LL [TR: KF4755.A75C6 1963] Sponsored by the University of Chicago Law School and others. Bibliography: p. 145-152.

936 Georgia. _Laws, statutes, etc._ Compilation of Georgia laws and opinions of the attorney general relating to segregation of the races. Compiled and edited by State Law Dept. [Atlanta, 1956] 93 p. [DLC-LL] [TR: LAW]

937 Greenberg, Jack. Race relations and American law. New York, Columbia University Press, 1959. 481 p. [DLC-LL] [TR: KF4757.G7] Bibliography: p. [421]-437. Bibliographical footnotes.

938 Higbee, Jay A. Development and administration of the New York State law against discrimination. University, University of Alabama Press [1967, c1966] xxii, 396 p. KFN5697.H5 Bibliography: p. [337]-354.

939 Mangum, Charles S. The legal status of the Negro. Chapel Hill, University of North Carolina Press, 1940. 436 p. [DLC-LL E185.6.M33] [TR: KF4757.M3] "Selected bibliography": p. [425]-426.

940 Miller, Loren. The petitioners; the story of the Supreme Court of the United States and the Negro. New York, Pantheon Books [1966] xv, 461 p. [DLC-LL] [TR: KF4757.M5] Bibliographical references included in "Notes" (p. [435]-455).

941 Murray, Pauli, _ed._ States' laws on race and color, and appendices containing international documents, Federal laws and regulations, local ordinances and charts. [Cincinnati, Woman's Division of Christian Service, Board of Missions and Church Extension, Methodist Church] 1950 [i.e. 1951] 746 p. forms. [DLC-LL] [TR: KF4757.S73 1950] [TR: Accompanied by] ---- ---- 1955 supplement, compiled and edited by Verge Lake and Pauli Murray. Cincinnati, Woman's Division of Christian Service, Board of Missions of the Methodist Church, 1955. 256 p. [DLC-LL]

942 Snethen, Worthington G., _comp_. The black code of the District of Columbia, in force September 1st, 1848. New York, Published for the A. & F. Anti-slavery Society, by W. Harned, 1848. 61 p. [DLC-LL] [TR: KFD1611.5.A34A3 1848] Contents.--The District of Columbia.--Ordinances of the corporation of Washington.--Ordinances of the corporation of Georgetown.

943 Stephenson, Gilbert T. Race distinctions in American law. New York, D. Appleton, 1910. xiv, 388 p. [JK1781.S8] [TR: KF4757.S74 1910]

944 Styles, Fitzhugh L. Negroes and the law in the race's battle for liberty, equality and justice under the Constitution of the United States; with causes celebres. Boston, Christopher Pub. House [c1937] 320 p. port. DLC-LL E185.61.S92 The manuscript of the author's address before the National Bar Association at Baltimore, August 1934, on the battle of the Negro at the bar of justice, is the basis of this book. Bibliography: p. 320.

945 TenBroek, Jacobus. Equal under law. New, enl. ed. New York, Collier Books [1965] 352 p. E449.T4 1965 First ed. published in 1951 under title: _The Antislavery Origins of the Fourteenth Amendment._ "Source materials": p. 344-347.

946 U.S. Supreme Court. The Supreme Court on racial discrimination. Edited by Joseph Tussman. New York, Oxford University Press, 1963. 393 p. [DLC-LL] [TR: LAW]

947 Wilson, Theodore B. The black codes of the South. University, University of Alabama Press [1965] 177 p. (Southern historical publications, no. 6) [DLC-LL] [TR: KF4757.W54] Bibliography: p. 167-174.

19--LITERATURE--History and Criticism

948 Abramson, Doris E. Negro playwrights in the American theatre, 1925-1959. New York, Columbia University Press, 1969. 335 p. PS351.A2 Bibliography: p. [307]-317.

949 Bone, Robert A. The Negro novel in America. [Rev. ed.] New Haven, Yale University Press [1965] 289 p. PS153.N5B6 1965 Bibliography: p. 255-270.

950 Brawley, Benjamin G., _ed._ Early Negro American writers; selections with biographical and critical introductions. Chapel Hill, University of North Carolina Press, 1935. 305 p. PS508.N3B7

951 Brawley, Benjamin G. The Negro genius; a new appraisal of the achievement of the American Negro in literature and the fine arts. New York, Biblo and Tannen, 1966 [c1937] 366 p. E185.82.B816 1966 Bibliography: p. 331-350.

952 Brawley, Benjamin G. The Negro in literature and art in the United States. 3d ed. New York, Duffield, 1929. 231 p. plates, ports. E185.82.B824 Bibliography: p. 213-228. Contents.--The Negro genius.--Phillis Wheatley.--A hundred years of striving.--Orators. Douglass and Washington.--Paul Laurence Dunbar.--Charles W. Chesnutt.--W. E. Burghardt DuBois.--William Stanley Braithwaite.--James Weldon Johnson.--Other writers.--The new realists.--The stage.--Painters. Henry O. Tanner.--Sculptors. Meta Warrick Fuller.--Music.--Appendix: The Negro in American fiction. The Negro in American literature.--The Negro in contemporary literature.

953 Bronz, Stephen H. Roots of Negro racial consciousness; the 1920's: three Harlem Renaissance authors. New York, Libra [1964] 101 p. PS508.N3B73 Bibliography: p. 95-101. Contents.--Introduction.--James Weldon Johnson.--Countee Cullen.--Claude McKay.--Conclusion.--Notes.

954 Brown, Sterling A. The Negro in American fiction. Washington, Associates in Negro Folk Education, 1937. 209 p. (Bronze booklet no. 6) [E185.5.B85] no. 6 PS374.N4B7 "Selected reading list": p. 207-209.

955 Butcher, Margaret J. The Negro in American culture; based on materials left by Alain Locke. New York, Knopf, 1956. 294 p. E185.82.B89

956 Dreer, Herman. American literature by Negro authors. New York, Macmillan, 1950. xvii, 334 p. ports. PS508.N3D7 Bibliography: p. 327-332.

957 Ellison, Ralph. Shadow and act. New York, Random House [1964] xxii, 317 p. PS153.N5E4 1964

958 Ferguson, Blanche E. Countee Cullen and the Negro renaissance. New York, Dodd, Mead [1966] 213 p. illus., ports. PS3505.U287Z6 Bibliography: p. 205-206.

959 Ford, Nick A. The contemporary Negro novel; a study in race relations. College Park, Md., McGrath Pub. Co., 1968 [c1936] 108 p. PS374.N4F6 1968 Bibliography: p. 107-108.

960 Gloster, Hugh M. Negro voices in American fiction. Chapel Hill, University of North Carolina Press, 1948. xiv, 295 p. PS374.N4G5 Bibliography: p. 273-288.

961 Green, Elizabeth A. L. The Negro in contemporary American literature; an outline for individual and group study. College Park, Md., McGrath Pub. Co. [1968, c1928] 92 p. PS153.N5G7 1968 Includes bibliographical references.

962 Gross, Seymour L., _and_ John E. Hardy, _eds._ Images of the Negro in American literature. Chicago, University of Chicago Press [1966] 321 p. (Patterns of literary criticism) PS173.N4G7 Bibliography: p. 289-315.

963 Hughes, John M. C. The Negro novelist; a discussion of the writings of American Negro novelists, 1940-1950, by Carl Milton Hughes [pseud.]. New York, Citadel Press [1953] 288 p. PS374.N4H8 Bibliography: p. [279]-285.

964 Littlejohn, David. Black on white; a critical survey of writing by American Negroes. New York, Grossman, 1966. 180 p. PS153.N5L5

965 Loggins, Vernon. The Negro author, his development in America to 1900. Port Washington, N. Y., Kennikat Press [1964, c1959] 480 p. (Columbia University studies in English and comparative literature) PS153.N5L65 1964 Issued also as thesis, Columbia University, 1931. "Bibliographies": p. [408]-457.

966 Margolies, Edward. Native sons; a critical study of twentieth-century Negro American authors. Philadelphia, Lippincott [1968] 210 p. PS153.N5M26 Contents.--Perspectives.--The first forty years: 1900-1940; [W. E. B. DuBois and others]--Migration: William Attaway and _Blood on the Forge_.--Richard Wright: _Native Son_ and three kinds of revolution.--Race and sex; the novels of Chester Himes.--The Negro church; James Baldwin and the Christian vision.--History as blues: Ralph Ellison's _Invisible Man_.--The new nationalism: Malcolm X.--The expatriate as novelist: William Demby.--Prospects: LeRoi Jones?--Bibliography (p. 201).

967 McCall, Dan. The example of Richard Wright. New York, Harcourt, Brace & World [c1969] 202 p. PS3545.R815Z7

968 Mays, Benjamin E. The Negro's God as reflected in his literature. Lithographs by James L. Wells. Boston, Chapman & Grimes [c1938] 269 p. PS153.N5M3 Bibliography: p. 257-263.

969 Nelson, John H. The Negro character in American literature. Lawrence, Kan., Dept. of Journalism Press, 1926. 146 p. (Bulletin of the University of Kansas, v. 27, no. 15. _Humanistic studies._ v. 4, no. 1) PS173.N4N4 1926a Issued also in bound form as _Humanistic Studies_, v. 4, no. 1, without the cover having series note, Bulletin of the University of Kansas, v. 27, no. 15.

970 Nilon, Charles H. Faulkner and the Negro. Boulder, University of Colorado Press, 1962. 111 p. (University of Colorado studies. Series in language and literature, no. 8) P25.C64 no. 8 Bibliographical footnotes.

971 Redding, Jay Saunders. To make a poet black. Chapel Hill, University of North Carolina Press, 1939. 142 p. PS153.N5R4 [TR: Redding, J. Saunders] "Factual material and critical opinion on American Negro literature."--Preface. Bibliography: p. [131]-136.

972 Turner, Darwin T., _and_ Jean M. Bright, _eds._ Images of the Negro in America. Boston, D. C. Heath [1965] 113 p. (Selected source materials for college research papers) PS508.N3T8 Bibliographical references included in "Suggestions for library work" (p. 112-113).

973 Turner, Lorenzo D. Anti-slavery sentiment in American literature prior to 1865. Port Washington, N. Y., Kennikat Press [1966] 188 p. PS169.S47T8 1966 Reprint of a thesis, University of Chicago, 1926. Bibliography: p. 153-182.

974 Wagner, Jean. Les poetes negres des Etats-Unis; le sentiment racial et religieux dans la poesie de P. L. Dunbar a L. Hughes (1890-1940). Paris, Librairie Istra, 1963 [c1962] 637 p. PS153.N5W3 Bibliography: p. [601]-620.

20--LITERATURE--Anthologies

975 Brown, Sterling A., Arthur P. Davis, _and_ Ulysses G. Lee, _eds._ The Negro caravan, writings by American Negroes. New York, Dryden Press [c1941] xviii, 1082 p. PS508.N3B75 Reprint issued by Arno Press, 1969.

976 Calverton, Victor F., _ed._ Anthology of American Negro literature, edited, with an introduction, by V. F. Calverton. New York, Modern Library [c1929] 535 p. (The Modern library of the world's best books) PS591.N4C3 [TR: Calverton, V. F.] Bibliography: p. 700-718.

977 Chapman, Abraham, _comp._ Black voices; an anthology of Afro-American literature. Edited, with an introduction and biographical notes, by Abraham Chapman. New York, New American Library [1968] 718 p. (A Mentor book) PS508.N3C5 Bibliography: p. 700-718.

978 Conference of Negro Writers. _1st, New York, 1959._ The American Negro writer and his roots; selected papers. New York, American Society of African Culture, 1960. 70 p. illus. PS153.N5C6 1959ac

979 Cromwell, Otelia, Lorenzo D. Turner, _and_ Eva B. Dykes, _eds._ Readings from Negro authors, for schools and colleges, with a bibliography of Negro literature. New York, Harcourt, Brace [c1931] 388 p. PS508.N3C7 "A bibliography of Negro literature": p. 371-383; contains "Collateral reading."

980 Culp, Daniel W., _ed._ Twentieth century Negro literature; or, A cyclopedia of thought on the vital topics relating to the American Negro, by one hundred of America's greatest Negroes. Naperville, Ill., J. L. Nichols [1902] 472 p. ports. E185.5.C97

981 Cunard, Nancy, _comp._ Negro; anthology, made by Nancy Cunard, 1931-1933. London, Published by Nancy Cunard at Wishart, 1934. 854 p. illus., facsims., maps, ports. HT1581.C8 [TR: E185.5.C98 1934] Contains music. Contents.--America.--Negro stars.--Music.--Poetry.--West Indies and South America.--Europe.--Africa.

982 Emanuel, James A., _and_ Theodore L. Gross, _comps._ Dark symphony: Negro literature in America. New York, Free Press [1968] xviii, 604 p. PS508.N3E4 Bibliography: p. 564-600.

983 Hill, Herbert, _ed._ Anger, and beyond: the Negro writer in the United States. New York, Harper & Row [1966] xxii, 227 p. PS153.N5H5

984 Hill, Herbert, _ed._ Soon, one morning; new writing by American Negroes, 1940-1962. Selected and edited, with an introduction and biographical notes, by Herbert Hill. New York, Knopf, 1963. 617 p. PS508.N3H5

985 Hughes, Langston. The Langston Hughes reader. New York, G. Braziller, 1958. 501 p. PS3515.U274A6 1958

986 Johnson, Charles S., _ed._ Ebony and topaz, a collectanea. New York, Opportunity, National Urban League [c1927] 164 p. illus., facsims., plates, ports. PS508.N3J6

987 Jones, LeRoi, _and_ Larry Neal, _comps._ Black fire; an anthology of Afro-American writing. New York, Morrow, 1968. xviii, 670 p. illus. [PS508.N3J64] [TR: PS508.N3B33]

988 Jones, LeRoi, _ed._ The moderns; an anthology of new writing in America. New York, Corinth Books, 1963. xvi, 351 p. PS536.J6 [TR: PS536.2.B29 1963 Baraka, Imamu Amiri] Bibliographical references included in "Acknowledgments" (p. [vii-viii]).

989 Locke, Alain L., _ed._ The new Negro; an interpretation. With a new introduction by Allan H. Spear. New York, Johnson Reprint Corp., 1968. xxii, xviii, 446 p. illus., music, ports. E185.82.L75 1968 The text is a reprint of the 1925 ed. Includes bibliographies.

990 Moon, Bucklin, _ed._ Primer for white folks. Garden City, N.Y., Doubleday, Doran, 1945. xiv, 491 p. E185.5.M72

991 Plato, Ann. Essays; including biographies and miscellaneous pieces, in prose and poetry. Hartford, Printed for the author, 1841. xx, 122 p. PS2593.P347 1841

992 Watkins, Sylvestre C., _ed._ Anthology of American Negro literature; with an introduction by John T. Frederick. New York, Modern Library [1944] xvii, 481 p. (The Modern library of the world's best books) PS508.N3W3 "Biographical notes": p. [457]-481.

993 Watts Writers' Workshop. From the ashes; voices of Watts. Edited and with an introduction by Budd Schulberg. [New York] New American Library [1967] 277 p. PS508.N3W33

994 Williams, John A., _comp._ Beyond the angry black. [2d ed.] New York, Cooper Square Publishers, 1966. xix, 198 p. PS509.N4B4 1966

A reissue with new material of _The Angry Black_, published in 1962.

21--LITERATURE--Essays and Addresses

995 Adoff, Arnold, _comp._ Black on black; commentaries by Negro Americans. Foreword by Roger Mae Johnson. New York, Macmillan [1968] 236 p. E185.5.A24

996 Ahmann, Mathew H., _ed._ The new Negro. Contributors: Stephen J. Wright [and others]. In the symposium: James Baldwin [and others]. Notre Dame, Ind., Fides Publishers [1961] 145 p. E185.6.A26 Includes papers presented at the 1st convention of the National Catholic Conference for Interracial Justice, held in Detroit in 1961.

997 Baldwin, James. Nobody knows my name; more notes of a native son. New York, Dial Press, 1961. 241 p. E185.61.B197

998 Bennett, Lerone. The Negro mood, and other essays. Chicago, Johnson Pub. Co., 1964. 104 p. E185.61.B43

999 Bernstein, Barton J., _ed._ Towards a new past; dissenting essays in American history. New York, Pantheon Books [1968] 364 p. E175.B46 Includes bibliographical references.

1000 Brotz, Howard, _ed._ Negro social and political thought, 1850-1920; representative texts. New York, Basic Books [1966] 593 p. E185.B876 Includes bibliographies.

1001 Clark, Kenneth B. Social power and social change in contemporary America; an address [delivered on July 18, 1966, before an audience of summer interns working in the Dept. of State, the Agency for International Development, and the United States Information Agency. Washington, Dept. of State; for sale by the Supt. of Docs., U. S. Govt. Print. Off., 1966] 20 p. ([U.S.] Dept. of State. Publication 8125. Department and Foreign Service series, 134) HN57.C55 "Prepared under the auspices of the U.S. Department of State's Equal Employment Opportunity Program, Office of the Deputy Under Secretary for Administration."

1002 Clarke, John H., _ed._ William Styron's Nat Turner; ten black writers respond. Boston, Beacon Press [1968] 120 p. illus. PS3569.T9C633 Appendix (p. [93]-117): The text of _The Confessions of Nat Turner_.

1003 Crummell, Alexander. Africa and America; addresses and discourses. Springfield, Mass., Willey, 1891. 466 p. port. E185.5.C95

1004 Crummell, Alexander. The relations and duties of free colored men in America to Africa. A letter to Charles B. Dunbar. Hartford, Press of Case, Lockwood, 1861. 54 p. E448.C95

1005 Daedalus. The Negro American. Edited and with introductions by Talcott Parsons and Kenneth B. Clark, and with a foreword by Lyndon B. Johnson. Illustrated with a 32 page portfolio of photographs by Bruce Davidson, selected and introduced by Arthur D. Trottenberg. Boston, Houghton, Mifflin, 1966. xxix, 781 p. illus. (The Daedalus library [v. 7]) E185.6.D24 Most of the essays, some in slightly different form, appeared originally in the fall 1965 and winter 1966 issues of _Daedalus_. Includes bibliographical references.

1006 Daniel, Bradford, _ed._ Black, white, and gray; twenty-one points of view on the race question. New York, Sheed and Ward [1964] 308 p. E185.61.D26

1007 Douglass, Frederick. Three addresses on the relations subsisting between the white and colored people of the United States. Washington, Gibson Bros., Printers, 1886. 68 p. E185.61.D734

1008 Drimmer, Melvin, _comp._ Black history; a reappraisal, edited with commentary by Melvin Drimmer. Garden City, N. Y., Doubleday, 1968. xx, 553 p. E185.D7 Essays which present the Negro's role in American history, each prefaced by an analysis of the historical events surrounding the period it covers. Bibliography: p. [531]-538.

1009 DuBois, William E. B. Darkwater; voices from within the veil. New York, Harcourt, Brace and Howe, 1920. 276 p. [E183.5.D8] [TR: E185.61.D83 1920] Reprinted in part from various periodicals.

1010 DuBois, William E. B. The souls of black folk; essays and sketches. New York, Blue Heron Press, 1953. 264 p. illus. E185.5.D81 1953 First printed in 1903.

1011 Ebony. White on black; the views of twenty-two white Americans on the Negro. Edited by Era Bell Thompson and Herbert Nipson, editors of Ebony magazine. Chicago, Johnson Pub. Co., 1963. 230 p. E185.6.E26

1012 Franklin, John H. Lincoln and public morality; an address delivered at the Chicago Historical Society on February 12, 1959. [Chicago] Chicago Historical Society, 1959. 24 p. JA79.F66

1013 Freedom of Information Conference, _8th, University of Missouri, 1965_. Race and the news media. Edited by Paul L. Fisher and Ralph Lowenstein. New York, Praeger [1967] 158 p. E185.61.F84 1965aa Papers and summaries of discussion sessions of the conference sponsored by the Freedom of Information Center of the University of Missouri and the Anti-defamation League of B'nai B'rith.

1014 Goldwin, Robert A., _comp._ Civil disobedience; five essays by Martin Luther King, Jr. [and others]. Edited by Robert A. Goldwin. [Gambier, Ohio, Public Affairs Conference Center, Kenyon College, 1968] 1 v. (various pagings) JC328.G58 Bibliographical footnotes. Contents.--Letter from the Birmingham city jail, by M. L. King, Jr.--The case against civil disobedience, by H. J. Storing.--Reflections on civil disobedience and lawlessness, by P. Goodman.--Civil disobedience and beyond, by J. Farmer.--The American tradition of civil disobedience: a response to Henry David Thoreau, by H. V. Jaffa.

1015 Goldwin, Robert A., _ed._ 100 years of emancipation, essays by Harry V. Jaffa [and others]. Chicago, Rand McNally [1964] 217 p. (Rand McNally public affairs series) E185.61.G62 1964a Bibliographical footnotes.

1016 Grimke, Francis J. Christianity and race prejudice; two discourses delivered in the Fifteenth Street Presbyterian Church, Washington, D.C., May 29th, and June 5th, 1910. By the pastor Rev. Francis J. Grimke. [Washington, Press of W. E. Cobb, 1910] 29 p. E185.61.G87 BX9178.G764C6 no. 4

1017 Grimke, Francis J. Equality of rights for all citizens, black and white, alike. A discourse delivered in the Fifteenth Street Presbyterian Church, Washington, D.C., Sunday, March 7th, 1909, by the pastor, Rev. Francis J. Grimke. [Washington, 1909] 19 p. E185.61.G875

1018 Hill, Roy L. Rhetoric of racial revolt. Denver, Golden Bell Press, 1964. 378 p. E185.6.H52

1019 Howard University, _Washington, D.C. Graduate School. Division of the Social Sciences_. The new Negro thirty years afterward; papers contributed to the sixteenth annual spring conference ... April 20, 21, and 22, 1955. Edited by Rayford W. Logan, chairman, Eugene C. Holmes [and] G. Franklin Edwards. Washington, Howard University Press, 1955 [i.e. 1956] 96 p. E185.5.H73 1955a "Dedicated to the memory of Professor Alain Locke." Includes bibliographies. "Bibliography of the writings of Alain Leroy Locke ... by Robert E. Martin": p. 89-96.

1020 Johnson, Lyndon B., _Pres. U.S._ The one huge wrong: President Lyndon Johnson speaking at Howard University in Washington on June 4, 1965, analysing the Negro problem; [linocut illustrations by Paul Peter Piech]. Bushey (Herts.), Taurus Press [1968] [15] p. illus. E185.J63 "Two hundred and eighty [numbered] copies have been printed plus a 30 special bound edition. This is copy number 216."

1021 Jones, LeRoi. Home; social essays. New York, Morrow, 1966. 252 p. [E185.6.J74] [TR: E185.6.B25 1966 Baraka, Imamu Amiri]

1022 King, Donald B., _and_ Charles W. Quick, _eds._ Legal aspects of the civil rights movement. With an introduction by James M. Nabrit, Jr. Detroit, Wayne State University Press, 1965. 447 p. [DLC-LL] [TR: KF4757.A5K5] "Civil rights law of 1964": p. 333-375. Bibliography: p. 431-446.

1023 King, Martin Luther. I have a dream; speech at the March on Washington. [n.p.] c1963. 6 p. E185.61.K53

1024 King, Martin Luther. The trumpet of conscience. New York, Harper & Row [1968, c1967] 78 p. (Massey lectures, 1967) E185.97.K5 1968 Canadian ed. (Canadian Broadcasting Co.) has title: _Conscience for Change._

1025 Lincoln, Charles Eric. Sounds of the struggle; persons and perspectives in civil rights. New York, Morrow, 1967. 252 p. E185.615.L5 Includes bibliographical references.

1026 Little, Malcolm. Malcolm X speaks; selected speeches and statements. [Edited, with prefatory notes, by George Breitman] New York, Merit Publishers, 1965. 242 p. illus., ports. E185.61.L58

1027 Little, Malcolm. The speeches of Malcolm X at Harvard. Edited, with an introductory essay, by Archie Epps. New York, W. Morrow, 1968. 191 p. [E185.61.L59 1968] [TR: BP223.Z8L57 1968] Bibliographical references included in "Footnotes" (p. [183]-191).

1028 Mack, Raymond W. Race, class, and power. 2d ed. [New York] American Book Co. [1968] 468 p. E184.A1M145 1968 Includes bibliographical references.

1029 Meier, August, _and_ Elliott M. Rudwick, _comps._ The making of black America; essays in Negro life & history. New York, Atheneum, 1969. xvi, 377, 507 p. (Studies in American Negro life) E185.M43 Includes bibliographical references. Contents.--The origins of black Americans.--The black community in modern America.

1030 Miller, Kelly. Race adjustment [and] The everlasting stain. New York, Arno Press, 1968. 306, 352 p. (The American Negro, his history and literature) E185.M66 1968 Reprint of the 1908 ed. of _Race Adjustment_ and of the 1924 ed. of _The Everlasting Stain_.

1031 Murphy, Raymond J., _and_ Howard Elinson, _eds._ Problems & prospects of the Negro movement. Belmont, Calif., Wadsworth Pub. Co. [1966] 440 p. illus., (Wadsworth continuing education series) E185.615.M8 Bibliography: p. 437-440. Includes bibliographical references.

1032 Nelson, Alice R. M. D., _ed._ Masterpieces of Negro eloquence; the best speeches delivered by the Negro from the days of slavery to the present time. New York, Bookery Pub. Co. [c1914] 512 p. port. PS663.N4N4 [TR: Dunbar-Nelson, Alice Moore]

1033 Pipes, William H. Death of an "Uncle Tom." New York, Carlton Press [1967] 118 p. (A Hearthstone book) E185.61.P6 Bibliographical footnotes.

1034 Redding, Jay Saunders. No day of triumph. With an introduction by Richard Wright. New York, Harper [1942] 342 p. E185.6.R42

1035 Rousseve, Ronald J. Discord in brown and white; nine essays on intergroup relations in the United States by a Negro American. New York, Vantage Press [1961] 89 p. E185.61.R82 "Selected references": p. 87-89.

1036 Stone, Chuck. Tell it like it is. New York, Trident Press, 1967 [c1968] 211 p. E185.61.S872 1968

1037 Theobald, Robert. An alternative future for America; essays and speeches. Edited by Kendall College. [Chicago, Swallow Press, 1968] 186 p. illus. HN65.T44

1038 Truman, Harry S., _Pres. U.S._ Freedom and equality, addresses. David S. Horton, editor. Columbia, University of Missouri Press [1960] 85 p. JC599.U5T7

1039 Washington, Booker T. Character building; being addresses delivered on Sunday evenings to the students of Tuskegee Institute. New York, Doubleday, Page, 1902. 291 p. front. BJ1581.W15

1040 Washington, Booker T. Selected speeches. Edited by E. Davidson Washington. Garden City, N.Y., Doubleday, Doran, 1932. xvi, 283 p. port. E185.6.W319

1041 Westin, Alan F., _ed._ Freedom now! The civil-rights struggle in America. New York, Basic Books [1964] xv, 346 p. E185.61.W54 Bibliography: p.[329]-341.

1042 Why I believe there is a God; sixteen essays by Negro clergymen. With an introduction by Howard Thurman. Chicago, Johnson Pub. Co., 1965. 120 p. BT102.W5

1043 Wish, Harvey, _ed._ The Negro since emancipation. Englewood Cliffs, N.J., Prentice-Hall [1964] 184 p. (A Spectrum book) E185.61.W79 Bibliography: p. 183-184.

1044 Woodson, Carter G., _ed._ Negro orators and their orations. New York, Russell & Russell [1969] 711 p. PS663.N4W6 1969 Reprint of the 1925 ed. Bibliographical footnotes.

22--LITERATURE--Fiction

1044a Ashby, William M. Redder blood; a novel. New York, Cosmopolitan Press, 1915. 188 p. PZ3.A8234Re [TR: PS3501.S489]

1045 Attaway, William. Blood on the forge, a novel. Garden City, N.Y., Doubleday, Doran, 1941. 279 p. PZ3.A882Bl [TR: PS3501.T59]

1046 Baldwin, James. Another country. New York, Dial Press, 1962. 436 p. PZ4.B18An2 [TR: PS3552.A45]

1047 Baldwin, James. Giovanni's room; a novel. New York, Dial Press, 1956. 248 p. PZ4.B18Gi [TR: PS3552.A45]

1048 Baldwin, James. Go tell it on the mountain. New York, Knopf, 1953. 303 p. [PZ4.B18Go] [TR: PS3552.A45G62 1953]

1049 Baldwin, James. Going to meet the man. New York, Dial Press, 1965. 249 p. PZ4.B18Gq [TR: PS3552.A45] Contents.--The rockpile.--The outing.--The man child.--Previous condition.--Sonny's blues.--This morning, this evening, so soon.--Come out the wilderness.--Going to meet the man.

1050 Baldwin, James. Tell me how long the train's been gone; a novel. New York, Dial Press, 1968. 484 p. PS3552.A45T4

1051 Baltimore Afro-American. Best short stories by Afro-American writers, 1925-1950, selected and edited by Nick Aaron Ford and H. L. Faggett. Boston, Meador Pub. Co. [1950] 307 p. [PZ1.B23Be] [TR: PZ1.B44684]

1052 Bennett, Hal. A wilderness of vines. Garden City, N.Y., Doubleday, 1966. 345 p. PZ4.B4696Wi [TR: PS3552.E546]

1053 Boles, Robert. Curling, a novel. Boston, Houghton Mifflin, 1968 [c1967] 259 p. PZ4.B6883Cu

1054 Bontemps, Arna W. Black thunder. New York, Macmillan, 1936. 298 p. PZ3.B64442Bl [TR: PS3503.O474]

1055 Bontemps, Arna W. Chariot in the sky; a story of the Jubilee Singers. Illustrations by Cyrus Leroy Baldridge. Philadelphia, Winston [1951] 234 p. illus. (Land of the Free series) PZ7.B6443Ch

1056 Bontemps, Arna W. Drums at dusk; a novel. New York, Macmillan, 1939. 226 p. illus. PZ3.B64442Dr [TR: PS3503.O474]

1056a Bontemps, Arna W. God sends Sunday. New York, Harcourt, Brace [c1931] 199 p. PZ3.B64442Go [TR: PS3503.O474]

1057 Bosworth, William. The long search, a novel. Great Barrington, Mass., Advance Pub. Co. [1957] 303 p. PZ4.B7475Lo

1058 Brooks, Gwendolyn. Maud Martha, a novel. New York, Harper [1953] 180 p. PZ4.B872Mau [TR: PS3503.R7244]

1059 Brown, Frank L. Trumbull Park, a novel. Chicago, Regnery [1959] 432 p. PZ4.B8774Tr [TR: PS3552.R68549]

1060 Brown, Lloyd L. Iron City, a novel. New York, Masses & Mainstream, 1951. 255 p. PZ4.B879Ir

1061 Brown, William W. Clotel. New York, Arno Press, 1969. 245 p. illus. (Afro-American culture series) [DLC] [TR: PZ3.B8199Cl7; PS1139.B9] Reprint of the 1853 ed. The first novel written by a Negro.

1062 Chastain, Thomas. Judgment day. Garden City, N.Y., Doubleday, 1962. 213 p. PZ4.C489Ju [TR: PS3553.H3416]

1063 Chesnutt, Charles W. The colonel's dream. New York, Doubleday, Page, 1905. 294 p. PZ3.C4253Cl [TR: PS1292.C6]

1064 Chesnutt, Charles W. The conjure woman. Ridgewood, N. J., Gregg Press [1968] 229 p. (Americans in fiction) PZ3.C4253C5 [TR: PS1292.C6] Reprint of the 1899 ed. Contents.--The goophered grapevine.--Po' Sandy. Mars Jeem's nightmare.--The conjurer's revenge.--Sis' Becky's pickaninny.--The gray wolf's ha'nt.--Hot-Foot Hannibal.

1065 Chesnutt, Charles W. The house behind the cedars. Boston, Houghton, Mifflin, 1900. 294 p. PZ3.C4253H [TR: PS1292.C6]

1066 Chesnutt, Charles W. The marrow of tradition. New York, Arno Press, 1969. 329 p. (The American Negro, his history and literature) [PZ3.C425M5] [TR: PZ3.C4253Mar 1969; PS1292.C6] Afro-American culture series. Reprint of the 1901 ed.

1067 Chesnutt, Charles W. The wife of his youth, and other stories of the color line. With illustrations by Clyde O. De Land. Boston, Houghton, Mifflin, 1899. 323 p. plates. PZ3.C4253W [TR:PS1292.C6] Contents.--The wife of his youth.--Her Virginia mammy.--The sheriff's children.--A matter of principle.--Cicely's dream.--The passing of Grandison.--Uncle Wellington's wives.--The bouquet.--The web of circumstance.

1068 Clarke, John H., _ed._ American Negro short stories. New York, Hill and Wang [1966] xix, 355 p. PZ1.C563Am

1068a Cotter, Joseph S. Negro tales. New York, Cosmopolitan Press, 1912. 148 p. port. PZ3.C8274N [TR: PS3505.O862]

1069 Crump, Paul. Burn, killer, burn! Chicago, Johnson Pub. Co. [1962] 391 p. illus. PZ4.C9563Bu

1070 Cullen, Countee. My lives and how I lost them, by Christopher Cat in collaboration with Countee Cullen, with drawings by Robert Reid Macguire. New York, Harper [c1942] xiv, 160 p. illus. PZ3.C89761My [TR: PS3505.U287]

1071 Cullen, Countee. One way to heaven. New York, Harper, 1932. 230 p. PZ3.C89761On [TR: PS3505.U287]

1071a Daly, Victor. Not only war, a story of two great conflicts. Boston, [The] Christopher Pub. House [c1932] 106 p. PZ3.D179No [TR: PS3507.A475]

1072 Davis, Christopher. First family. New York, Coward-McCann [1961] 253 p. PZ4.D2596Fi [TR: PS3554.A933]

1073 Demby, William. Beetlecreek, a novel. New York, Rinehart [1950] 223 p. PZ3.D3923Be [TR: PS3507.E5346]

1074 Demby, William. The catacombs. New York, Pantheon Books [1965] 244 p. PZ3.D3923Cat [TR: PS3507.E5346]

1075 Dodson, Owen. Boy at the window, a novel. New York, Farrar, Straus and Young [1951] 212 p. PZ4.D647Bo [TR: Farrar, Straus & Giroux] Paperback ed. (New York, Popular Library, 1965) has title: _When Trees Were Green._

1076 DuBois, William E. B. Dark princess, a romance. New York, Harcourt, Brace [c1928] 311 p. PZ3.D8525Da [TR: PS3507.U147]

1077 DuBois, William E. B. Mansart builds a school. New York, Mainstream Publishers, 1959. 367 p. (_His_ The black flame, a trilogy, book 2) PZ3.D8525Man [TR: PS3507.U147]

1078 DuBois, William E. B. The ordeal of Mansart. New York, Mainstream Publishers, 1957. 316 p. (_His_ The black flame, a trilogy, book 1) PZ3.D8525Or [TR: PS3507.U147]

1079 DuBois, William E. B. The quest of the silver fleece; a novel. Illustrated by H. S. DeLay. Chicago, A. C. McClurg, 1911. 434 p. plates. PZ3.D8525Q

1080 DuBois, William E. B. Worlds of color. New York, Mainstream Publishers, 1961. 349 p. (_His_ The black flame, a trilogy, book 3) PZ3.D8525Wo [TR: PS3507.U147]

1081 Dunbar, Paul L. The fanatics. New York, Dodd, Mead, 1901. 312 p. PZ3.D911F [TR: PS1556]

1082 Dunbar, Paul L. Folks from Dixie. With illustrations by E. W. Kemble. New York, Dodd, Mead, 1898. 263 p. plates (part col.) PZ3.D911Fo3 [TR: PS1556] Contents.--Anner' Lizer's stumblin' block.--The ordeal at Mt. Hope.--The colonel's awakening.--The trial sermons on Bull-Skin.--Jimsella.--Mt. Pisgah's Christmas 'possum.--A family feud.--Aunt Mandy's investment.--The intervention of Peter.--Nelse Hatton's vengeance.--At Shaft 11.--The deliberation of Mr. Dunkin.

1083 Dunbar, Paul L. The love of Landry. New York, Dodd, Mead [1900] 200 p. PZ3.D911L [TR: PS1556]

1084 Dunbar, Paul L. The sport of the Gods. New York, Arno Press, 1969. 255 p. (The American Negro, his history and literature) PZ3.D911Sp6 [TR: PS1556] Afro-American culture series. Reprint of the 1902 ed.

1085 Dunbar, Paul L. The strength of Gideon, and other stories. New York, Arno Press, 1969. 362 p. (The American Negro; his history and literature) PZ3.D911St7 [TR: PS1556] Afro-American culture series. Reprint of the 1900 ed.

1086 Dunbar, Paul L. The uncalled; a novel. New York, Dodd, Mead, 1898. 255 p. PZ3.D911U3 [TR: PS1556]

1087 Ellison, Ralph. Invisible man. New York, Random House [1952] 429 p. [PZ4.E45In] [TR: PS3555.L625I5 1952]

1088 Fauset, Jessie R. The chinaberry tree; a novel of American life. New York, F. A. Stokes Co., 1931. 341 p. PZ3.F276Ch [TR: PS3511.A864]

1089 Fauset, Jessie R. Comedy, American style. New York, F. A. Stokes Co., 1933. 326 p. PZ3.F276Co [TR: PS3511.A864]

1090 Fauset, Jessie R. There is confusion. New York, Boni and Liveright, 1924. 297 p. PZ3.F276Th [TR: PS3511.A864]

1091 Fisher, Rudolph. The conjure-man dies; a mystery tale of dark Harlem. New York, Covici, Friede [c1932] 316 p. PZ3.F5367Co [TR: PS3511.I7436]

1092 Fisher, Rudolph. The walls of Jericho. New York, Knopf, 1928. 307 p. PZ3.F5367Wa [TR: PS3511.I7436] Reprint issued by Arno Press, 1969.

1093 Graham, Lorenz B. South Town. Chicago, Follett Pub. Co. [1958] 189 p. PZ4.G74So

1094 Graham, Shirley. Jean Baptiste Pointe de Sable, founder of Chicago. New York, J. Messner [1953] 180 p. [PZ7.G757Je] [TR: F548.4.P7423]

1095 Graham, Shirley. The story of Phillis Wheatley; illustrations by Robert Burns. New York, J. Messner [1949] 176 p. illus., port. [PZ7.G757St] [TR: PS866.W5Z585 Du Bois, Shirley Graham] "Sources": p. 172.

1096 Griggs, Sutton E. The hindered hand; or, The reign of the repressionist. Nashville, Orion Pub. Co., 1905. 303 p. PZ3.G888H [TR: PS3513.R7154]

1096a Griggs, Sutton E. Pointing the way. Nashville, Orion Pub. Co., 1908. 233 p. PZ3.G888P [TR: PS3513.R7154]

1097 Harper, Frances E. W. Iola Leroy; or, Shadows uplifted. Philadelphia, Garrigues Bros., 1892. 282 p. port. PS1799.H7I6

1098 Henderson, George W. Jule. New York, Creative Age Press [1946] 234 p. PZ3.H3845Ju [TR: PS3515.E43422 Henderson, George Wylie.]

1099 Henderson, George W. Ollie Miss, a novel. Blocks by Lowell Leroy Balcolm. New York, F. A. Stokes Co., 1935. 276 p. illus., plates. PZ3.H3845Ol [TR: PS3515.E43422 Henderson, George Wylie.]

1100 Hill, John H. Princess Malah. Washington, Associated Publishers [c1933] 330 p. PZ3.H5521Pr [TR: PS3515.I492]

1101 Himes, Chester B. Blind man with a pistol. New York, W. Morrow, 1969. 240 p. PZ3.H57Bl [TR: PS3515.I713]

1102 Himes, Chester B. Cast the first stone, a novel. New York, Coward-McCann [1952] 346 p. PZ3.H57Cas [TR: PS3515.I713]

1103 Himes, Chester B. If he hollers let him go. Garden City, N.Y., Doubleday, Doran, 1945. 249 p. PZ3.H57If [TR: PS3515.I713]

1104 Himes, Chester B. Lonely crusade. New York, Knopf, 1947. 398 p. PZ3.H57Lo [TR: PS3515.I713]

1105 Himes, Chester B. Pinktoes. Paris, Olympia Press [1961] 207 p. (The Traveller's companion series, no. 87) PZ3.H57Pi [TR: PS3515.I713]

1106 Himes, Chester B. The primitive. [New York] New American Library [1955] 151 p. (A Signet book, 1264) PZ3.H57Pr [TR: PS3515.I713]

1107 Himes, Chester B. The third generation. Cleveland, World Pub. Co. [1954] 350 p. PZ3.H57Th [TR: PS3515.I713]

1108 Hughes, Langston. The best of Simple. Illustrated by Bernhard Nast. New York, Hill and Wang [1961] 245 p. illus. (American century series, AC39) PS3515.U274B4

1109 Hughes, Langston, _ed._ The best short stories by Negro writers; an anthology from 1899 to the present. Boston, Little, Brown [1967] xvii, 508 p. PZ1.H849Be

1110 Hughes, Langston. Laughing to keep from crying. New York, Holt [1952] 206 p. PZ3.H87313Lau [TR: PS3515.U274] Short stories.

1111 Hughes, Langston. Not without laughter. New York, Knopf, 1930. 324 p. PZ3.H87313No [TR: PS3515.U274]

1112 Hughes, Langston. Simple speaks his mind. [New York] Simon and Schuster [1950] 231 p. PS3515.U274S53

1113 Hughes, Langston. Something in common, and other stories. New York, Hill and Wang [1963] 236 p. (American century series) PZ3.H87313So [TR: PS3515.U274]

1114 Hughes, Langston. Tambourines to glory, a novel. New York, J. Day Co. [1958] 188 p. PZ3.H87313Tam [TR: PS3515.U274]

1115 Hughes, Langston. The ways of white folks. New York, Knopf, 1934. 248 p. PZ3.H87313Way [TR: PS3515.U274] Short stories.

1116 Hunter, Kristin. God bless the child. New York, Scribner [1964] 307 p. PZ4.H9457Go [TR: PS3558.U483 Lattany, Kristin Hunter]

1117 Hunter, Kristin. The landlord. New York, Scribner [1966] 338 p. PZ4.H9457Lan [TR: PS3558.U483 Lattany, Kristin Hunter]

1118 Hurston, Zora N. Seraph on the Suwanee, a novel. New York, Scribner, 1948. 311 p. PZ3.H9457Se [TR: PS3515.U789]

1119 Hurston, Zora N. Their eyes were watching God; a novel. Philadelphia, Lippincott [c1937] 286 p. PZ3.H9457Th [TR: PS3515.U789]

1120 [Johnson, James W.] The autobiography of an ex-colored man. Boston, Sherman, French, 1912. 207 p. PZ3.P633Au [TR: PS3519.O2625]

1121 Jones, LeRoi. The system of Dante's Hell; [a novel]. New York, Grove Press [1965] 154 p. [PZ4.J774Sy] [TR: PZ4.B2267Sy; PS3552.A583 Baraka, Imamu Amiri]

1122 Jones, LeRoi. Tales. New York, Grove Press [1967] 132 p. [PZ4.J774Tal] [TR: PZ4.B2267Tal; PS3552.A583 Baraka, Imamu Amiri]

1123 Kelley, William M. Dancers on the shore. Garden City, N.Y., Doubleday, 1964. 201 p. PZ4.K285Dan [TR: PS3561.E392] Short stories.

1124 Kelley, William M. Dem. Garden City, N.Y., Doubleday, 1967. 210 p. PZ4.K285De [TR: PS3561.E392]

1125 Kelley, William M. A drop of patience. Garden City, N.Y., Doubleday, 1965. 237 p. PZ4.K285Dr [TR: PS3561.E392]

1126 Killens, John O. And then we heard the thunder. New York, Knopf, 1963 [c1962] 485 p. PZ4.K48An2 [TR: PS3561.I37]

1127 Killens, John O. 'Sippi. New York, Trident Press, 1967. 434 p. PZ4.K48Si [TR: PS3561.I37]

1128 Killens, John O. Youngblood. New York, Dial Press, 1954. 566 p. PZ4.K48Yo [TR: PS3561.I37]

1129 Larsen, Nella. Passing. New York, Knopf, 1929. 215 p. PZ3.L33Pas [TR: PS3523.A7225]

1130 Larsen, Nella. Quicksand. New York, Knopf, 1928. 301 p. PZ3.L33Qu [TR: PS3523.A7225]

1131 Lee, George W. River George. New York, Macaulay Co. [c1937] 275 p. PZ3.L5123Ri [TR: PS3523.E324]

1132 Marshall, Paule. Brown girl, brownstones. New York, Random House [1959] 310 p. PZ4.M369Br [TR: PS3563.A7223]

1133 Mayfield, Julian. The grand parade. New York, Vanguard Press [1961] 448 p. PZ4.M47Gr [TR: PS3563.A9566]

1134 Mayfield, Julian. The hit, a novel. New York, Vanguard Press [1957] 212 p. PZ4.M47Hi [TR: PS3563.A9566]

1135 Mayfield, Julian. The long night. New York, Vanguard Press [1958] 156 p. illus. PZ4.M47Lo [TR: PS3563.A9566]

1136 Micheaux, Oscar. The story of Dorothy Stanfield, based on a great insurance swindle, and a woman! A novel. New York, Book Supply Co., 1946. 416 p. col. front. PZ3.M5809St [TR: PS3525.I1875]

1137 Miller, Warren. The cool world, a novel. Boston, Little, Brown [1959] 241 p. PZ4.M65Co [TR: PS3563.I42155]

1138 Motley, Willard. Knock on any door. New York, Appleton-Century Co. [1947] 503 p. [PZ3.M8573Kn] [TR: PS3563.O888K6 1947]

1139 Motley, Willard. Let no man write my epitaph. New York, Random House [1958] 467 p. PZ3.M8573Le [TR: PS3563.O888]

1140 Motley, Willard. Let noon be fair, a novel. New York, Putnam [c1966] 416 p. PZ3.M8573Lg [TR: PS3563.O888]

1141 Motley, Willard. We fished all night. New York, Appleton-Century-Crofts [1951] 560 p. PZ3.M8573We [TR:PS3563.O888]

1142 Ottley, Roi. White marble lady. New York, Farrar, Straus and Giroux [1965] 278 p. PZ4.O894Wh

1142a Parks, Gordon. The learning tree. New York, Harper & Row [1963] 303 p. PZ4.P249Le [TR: PS3566.A73]

1143 Paynter, John H. Fugitives of the Pearl. Washington, Associated Publishers [c1930] 209 p. ports. PZ3.P2938Fu [TR: PS3531.A94] "Descendants of Paul and Amelia Edmonson": p. [203]-209.

1144 Petry, Ann L. Country place. Boston, Houghton Mifflin, 1947. 266 p. PZ3.P44904Co

1145 Petry, Ann L. The narrows. Boston, Houghton Mifflin, 1953. 428 p. PZ3.P44904Nar

1146 Petry, Ann L. The street. Boston, Houghton Mifflin, 1946. 435 p. [PZ3.P44904St] [TR: PS3531.E933S75 1946] "A Houghton Mifflin literary fellowship novel."

1147 Pharr, Robert D. The book of numbers. Garden City, N.Y., Doubleday, 1969. 374 p. [PS3566.H3B6 1969] [TR: PZ4.P536Bo3; PS3566.H33]

1148 Pickens, William. The vengeance of the gods, and three other stories of real American color line life. Introduction by Bishop John Hurst. Philadelphia, A.M.E. Book Concern [c1922] 125 p. PZ3.P5853Ve Contents.--The vengeance of the gods.--The superior race.--Passing the buck.--Tit for tat.

1149 Polite, Carlene H. The flagellants. New York [Farrar, Straus & Giroux, 1967] 214 p. PZ4.P7674Fl [TR: PS3566.O47]

1150 Redding, Jay Saunders. Stranger and alone, a novel. New York, Harcourt, Brace [1950] 308 p. PZ3.R246533St [TR: PS3535.E2233]

1151 Rogers, Joel A. She walks in beauty. Los Angeles, Western Publishers, 1963. 316 p. PZ4.R727Sh

1152 Rollins, Bryant. Danger song. Garden City, N.Y., Doubleday, 1967. 280 p. PZ4.R753Dan

1153 Savoy, Willard W. Alien land. New York, E. P. Dutton, 1949. 320 p. PZ3.S2695Al

1153a Schuyler, George S. Black no more; being an account of the strange and wonderful workings of science in the land of the free, A.D. 1933-1940. New York, Macaulay Co. [c1931] 250 p. PZ3.S3972Bl [TR: PS3537.C76]

1154 Smith, William G. Anger at innocence. New York, Farrar, Straus [1950] 300 p. [PZ3.S6638An] [TR: PS3537.M8685A82 1950]

1155 Smith, William G. Last of the conquerors. New York, Farrar, Straus, 1948. 262 p. PZ3.S6638Las

1156 Smith, William G. The stone face, a novel. New York, Farrar, Straus [1963] 213 p. PZ3.S6638St

1157 Thurman, Wallace. The blacker the berry; a novel of Negro life. New York, Macaulay Co., 1929. 262 p. PZ3.T4258Bl [TR: PS3539.H957]

1158 Thurman, Wallace. Infants of the spring. New York, Macaulay Co. [c1932] 284 p. PZ3.T4258In [TR: PS3539.H957]

1158a Thurman, Wallace, _and_ Abraham L. Furman. The interne. New York, Macaulay Co. [c1932] 252 p. PZ3.T4258Int

1159 Toomer, Jean. Cane. With a foreword by Waldo Frank. New York, University Place Press [1967, c1951] 239 p. PZ3.T6184Can5 [TR: PS3539.O478] First published in 1923. Prose interspersed with poetry.

1160 Turpin, Waters E. O Canaan! A novel. New York, Doubleday, Doran, 1939. 311 p. PZ3.T867O [TR: PS3539.U875]

1161 Turpin, Waters E. The rootless. New York, Vantage Press [1957] 340 p. PZ3.T867Ro [TR: PS3539.U875]

1162 Turpin, Waters E. These low grounds. New York, Harper, 1937. 344 p. PZ3.T867Th [TR: PS3539.U875]

1163 Van Dyke, Henry. Blood of strawberries. New York, Farrar, Straus and Giroux [1969] 277 p. PZ4.V24Bl [TR: PS3572.A43]

1164 Van Dyke, Henry. Ladies of the Rachmaninoff eyes. New York, Farrar, Straus and Giroux [1965] 214 p. PZ4.V24Lad [TR: PS3572.A43]

1165 Walker, Margaret. Jubilee. Boston, Houghton Mifflin, 1966. 497 p. map. PZ4.W1814Ju [TR: PS3545.A517]

1166 Walrond, Eric. Tropic death. New York, Boni & Liveright, 1926. 282 p. PZ3.W166Tr [TR: PS3545.A5826] Contents.--Drought.--Panama gold.--The yellow one.--The wharf rats.--The palm porch.--Subjection.--The beach pin.--The white snake.--The vampire bat.--Tropic death.

1167 Ward, Thomas P. The right to live. New York, Pageant Press [1953] 249 p. PZ7.W216Ri

1168 Webb, Frank J. The Garies and their friends. New York, Arno Press, 1969. 392 p. (Afro-American culture series) PZ3.W382332Ga5 [TR: PS3157.W62] The American Negro, his history and literature. Reprint of the 1857 ed.

1169 West, Dorothy. The living is easy. Boston, Houghton, Mifflin, 1948. 347 p. PZ3.W5174Li [TR: PS3545.E82794]

1170 White, Walter F. The fire in the flint. New York, Knopf, 1924. 300 p. PZ3.W5857Fi

1171 White, Walter F. Flight. New York, Knopf, 1926. 300 p. PZ3.W5857Fl [TR: PS3545.H6165]

1172 Williams, Chancellor. Have you been to the river? A novel. New York, Exposition Press [1952] 256 p. PZ3.W67143Hav

1173 Williams, John A. The man who cried I am; a novel. Boston, Little, Brown [1967] 403 p. PZ4.W72624Man [TR: PS3573.I4495]

1174 Williams, John A. Night song. New York, Farrar, Straus and Cudahy [1961] 219 p. PZ4.W72624Ni [TR: PS3573.I4495 Williams, John Alfred]

1175 Williams, John A. Sissie. New York, Farrar, Straus and Cudahy [1963] 277 p. PZ4.W72624Si [TR: PS3573.I4495 Williams, John Alfred]

1176 Wright, Charles S. The messenger. New York, Farrar, Straus [1963] 217 p. PZ4.W9477Me [TR: PS3573.R532 Wright, Charles]

1177 Wright, Charles S. The wig, a mirror image. New York, Farrar, Straus and Giroux [1966] 179 p. PZ4.W9477Wi [TR: PS3573.R532 Wright, Charles]

1178 Wright, Richard. Eight men. Cleveland, World Pub. Co. [1961] 250 p. PZ3.W9352Ei [TR: PS3545.R815] Short stories.

1179 Wright, Richard. Lawd today. New York, Walker [1963] 189 p. PZ3.W9352Law [TR: PS3545.R815]

1180 Wright, Richard. The long dream, a novel. Garden City, N.Y., Doubleday, 1958. 384 p. PZ3.W9352Lo [TR: PS3545.R815]

1181 Wright, Richard. Native son. New York, Harper, 1940. 359 p. PZ3.W9352Nat [TR: PS3545.R815]

1182 Wright, Richard. The outsider. New York, Harper [1953] 450 p. PZ3.W9352Ou [TR: PS3545.R815]

1183 Wright, Richard. Uncle Tom's children, five long stories. New York, Harper [c1938] xxx, 384 p. PZ3.W935Un2 [TR: PS3545.R815] Contents.--The ethics of living Jim Crow; an autobiographical sketch.--Big boy leaves home.--Down by the riverside.--Long black song.--Fire and cloud.--Bright and morning star.

1184 Yerby, Frank. Captain Rebel. New York, Dial Press [1956] 343 p. PZ3.Y415Cap [TR: PS3547.E65]

1185 Yerby, Frank. The devil's laughter. New York, Dial Press, 1953. 376 p. PZ3.Y415De [TR: PS3547.E65]

1186 Yerby, Frank. Fairoaks, a novel. New York, Dial Press [1957] 405 p. PZ3.Y415Fai [TR: PS3547.E65]

1187 Yerby, Frank. Floodtide. New York, Dial Press, 1950. 342 p. PZ3.Y415Fl [TR: PS3547.E65]

1188 Yerby, Frank. The Foxes of Harrow. New York, Dial Press, 1946. 534 p. PZ3.Y415Fo [TR: PS3547.E65]

1189 Yerby, Frank. The Garfield honor. New York, Dial Press, 1961. 347 p. PZ3.Y415Gar [TR: PS3547.E65]

1190 Yerby, Frank. Gillian. New York, Dial Press, 1960. 346 p. PZ3.Y415Gi [TR: PS3547.E65]

1191 Yerby, Frank. The golden hawk. New York, Dial Press, 1948. 346 p. map. PZ3.Y415Go [TR: PS3547.E65]

1192 Yerby, Frank. Griffin's Way, a novel. New York, Dial Press, 1962. 345 p. PZ3.Y415Gr [TR: PS3547.E65]

1193 Yerby, Frank. Jarrett's Jade, a novel. New York, Dial Press, 1959. 342 p. PZ3.Y415Jar [TR: PS3547.E65]

1194 Yerby, Frank. The old gods laugh, a modern romance. New York, Dial Press, 1964. 408 p. PZ3.Y415Ol [TR: PS3547.E65]

1195 Yerby, Frank. Pride's castle. New York, Dial Press, 1949. 382 p. PZ3.Y415Pr [TR: PS3547.E65]

1196 Yerby, Frank. The serpent and the staff. New York, Dial Press, 1958. 377 p. PZ3.Y415Se [TR: PS3547.E65]

1197 Yerby, Frank. The treasure of Pleasant Valley. New York, Dial Press, 1955. 348 p. PZ3.Y415Tr [TR: PS3547.E65]

1198 Yerby, Frank. The vixens, a novel. New York, Dial Press, 1947. 347 p. PZ3.Y415Vi [TR: PS3547.E65]

1199 Yerby, Frank. A woman called Fancy. New York, Dial Press, 1951. 340 p. PZ3.Y415Wo [TR: PS3547.E65]

23--LITERATURE--Humor

1200 Gregory, Dick. From the back of the bus. Photographs by Jerry Yulsman. Introduction by Hugh M. Hefner. Edited by Bob Orden. New York, Dutton, 1962. 125 p. illus. PN6231.S485G7

1201 Gregory, Dick. What's happening? Photos. by Jerry Yulsman. New York, Dutton, 1965. 125 p. illus. PN6231.N5G68

1202 Hughes, Langston, _ed._ The book of Negro humor. New York, Dodd, Mead [1966] 265 p. PN6231.N5H8

1203 Sterling, Philip, _ed._ Laughing on the outside; the intelligent white reader's guide to Negro tales and humor. Introductory essay by Saunders Redding. Cartoons by Ollie Harrington. New York, Grosset & Dunlap [1965] 254 p. illus. PN6231.N5S7 Bibliography: p. [251]-254.

1204 That passing laughter; stories of the Southland, written by those who lived it. Drawings by Harry Maddox. Photography by Gertrude Gibson [and] Mattie Lou Stribling. Portrait by Marie Hull. Birmingham, Ala., Southern University Press, c1966. 140 p. illus. PN6231.N5T5

24--LITERATURE--Plays

1205 Baldwin, James. The amen corner; a play. New York, Dial Press, 1968. xvii, 91 p. PS3552.A45A8

1206 Baldwin, James. Blues for Mister Charlie, a play. New York, Dial Press, 1964. xv, 121 p. PS3552.A45B5

1207 Connelly, Marcus C. The green pastures, a fable, suggested by Roark Bradford's southern sketches, "Ol' man Adam an' his chillun." New York, Farrar & Rinehart [c1929] xvi, 173 p. PS3505.O4814G7 1929 [TR: Connelly, Marc] In dramatic form, with cast of characters as presented at the Mansfield Theatre, New York, 1930. Attempts "to present certain aspects of a living religion in the terms of its believers ... thousands of Negroes in the deep South."--p. xv.

1208 Cotter, Joseph S. Caleb, the degenerate, a play in four acts; a study of the types, customs, and needs of the American Negro. Louisville, Ky., Bradley & Gilbert Co., 1903. 57 p. port. PS3505.O862C3 1903

1209 Couch, William, _comp._ New black playwrights, an anthology. Baton Rouge, Louisiana State University Press [1968] xxiii, 258 p. PS634.C684

1210 Davis, Ossie. Purlie victorious; a comedy in three acts. New York, S. French [c1961] 90 p. PS3507.A7444P8

1211 Duberman, Martin B. In white America, a documentary play. Boston, Houghton Mifflin, 1964. 112 p. PS3554.U25I5

1212 D'Usseau, Arnaud, _and_ James Gow. Deep are the roots. New York, Scribner, 1946. xxvi, 205 p. plates. PS3507.U925D4

1213 Edmonds, Randolph. The land of cotton, and other plays. Washington, Associated Publishers [c1942] 267 p. PS3509.D56L3 Contents.--The land of cotton.--Gangsters over Harlem.--Yellow death.--Silas Brown.--The High court of Historia.

1214 Edmonds, Randolph. Shades and shadows. Boston, Meador Pub. Co., 1930. 171 p. PS3509.D56S5 1930 Contents.--The devil's price.--Hewers of wool.--Shades and shadows.--Everyman's land.--The tribal chief.--The phantom treasure.

1215 Edmonds, Randolph. Six plays for a Negro theatre. Foreword by Frederick H. Koch. Boston, W. H. Baker Co. [c1934] 155 p. PS3509.D56S6 1934 Contents.--Bad man.--Old man Pete.--Nat Turner.--Breeders.--Bleeding hearts.--The new window.

1216 Grimke, Angelina W. Rachel, a play in three acts. Boston, The Cornhill Co. [c1920] 96 p. PS3513.R744R3 1920

1217 Hansberry, Lorraine. A raisin in the sun; a drama in three acts. New York, Random House [1959] 142 p. illus. (A Random House play) PS3515.A515R3

1218 Heyward, Dorothy H. K., _and_ DuBose Heyward. Mamba's daughters, a play. Dramatized from the novel Mamba's daughters by Du Bose Heyward. New York, Farrar & Rinehart [c1939] 182 p. plates. PS3515.E97M3 1939

1219 Hughes, Langston. Five plays. Edited with an introduction by Webster Smalley. Bloomington, Indiana University Press [1963] 258 p. PS3515.U274A19 1963 Contents.--Mulatto.--Soul gone home.--Little Ham.--Simply heavenly.--Tambourines to glory.

1220 Jones, LeRoi. Dutchman and The slave, two plays. New York, Morrow, 1964. 88 p. [PS3519.O4545D8] [TR: PS3552.A583D8 Baraka, Imamu Amiri]

1221 Locke, Alain L., _and_ Montgomery Gregory, _eds._ Plays of Negro life; a source-book of native American drama. Decorations and illustrations by Aaron Douglas. New York, Harper, 1927. 430 p. illus., plates. PS627.N4L6 "Bibliography of Negro drama": p. 424-430.

1222 Peters, Paul, _and_ George Sklar. Stevedore, a play in three acts. New York, Covici, Friede [c1934] 123 p. PS3531.E826S7 1934

1223 Richardson, Willis, _comp._ Plays and pageants from the life of the Negro. Washington, Associated Publishers [c1930] 373 p. illus., plates. PS627.N4R5 Contents.--Plays: Sacrifice, by Thelma M. Duncan. Antar of Araby, by Maud Cuney-Hare. Ti Yette, by John Matheus. Graven images, by May Miller. Riding the goat, by May Miller. The black horseman, by Willis Richardson. The king's dilemma, by Willis Richardson. The house of sham, by Willis Richardson.--Pageants: Two races, by Inez M. Burke. Out of the dark, by Dorothy C. Guinn. The light of the women, by Frances Gunner. Ethiopia at the bar of justice, by Edward J. McCoo.

1224 Richardson, Willis, _and_ May Miller, _eds._ Negro history in thirteen plays. Washington, Associated Publishers [c1935] 333 p. PS627.N4R47

1225 Sackler, Howard O. The great white hope. New York, Dial Press, 1968. 264 p. PS3537.A156G7 In 1908, Jack Johnson became the first Negro heavyweight champion of the world. This is an epic drama based on his life.

1226 Torrence, Frederic R. Granny Maumee, The rider of dreams, Simon the Cyrenian; plays for a Negro theater. New York, Macmillan, 1917. 111 p. PS3539.O63G7 1917

1227 Wright, Richard. Native son (the biography of a young American), a play in ten scenes by Paul Green and Richard Wright, from the novel by Richard Wright. A Mercury production by Orson Welles, presented by Orson Welles and John Houseman. New York, Harper [c1941] 148 p. front. PS3545.R815N25 Includes songs with music.

25--LITERATURE--Poetry

1228 Adoff, Arnold, _comp._ I am the darker brother; an anthology of modern poems by Negro Americans. Drawings by Benny Andrews. Foreword by Charlemae Rollins. New York, Macmillan [1968] 128 p. illus. PS591.N4A65

1229 Bontemps, Arna W., _ed._ American Negro poetry. New York, Hill and Wang [1963] 197 p. PS591.N4B58

1230 Bontemps, Arna W., _comp._ Golden slippers, an anthology of Negro poetry for young readers. With drawings by Henrietta Bruce Sharon. New York, Harper [c1941] 220 p. illus., plates. PS591.N4B6 "Biographies": p. 200-215.

1231 Braithwaite, William S. B. The house of falling leaves, with other poems. Boston, J. W. Luce, 1908. 112 p. PS3503.R246H7 1908 Partly reprinted from various periodicals.

1232 Braithwaite, William S. B. Lyrics of life and love. Boston, H. B. Turner, 1904. 80 p. port. PS3503.R246L8 1904

1233 Braithwaite, William S. B. Selected poems. New York, Coward-McCann [1948] 96 p. PS3503.R246A6 1948 [TR: Braithwaite, William Stanley]

1234 Brewer, John Mason, _ed._ Heralding dawn; an anthology of verse, selected and edited, with a historical summary on the Texas Negroes' verse-making, by J. Mason Brewer, and with a preface by Henry Smith. [Dallas, June Thomason, Print., c1936] 7 p. l., 45 p. ports. PS591.N4B65 Includes biographical sketches of the authors. "Bibliography and acknowledgment": 3d prelim. leaf.

1235 Brooks, Gwendolyn. Annie Allen. [Poems]. New York, Harper [1949] 60 p. port. PS3503.R7244A7

1236 Brooks, Gwendolyn. In the Mecca; poems. New York, Harper & Row [1968] 54 p. PS3503.R7244I5

1237 Brown, Sterling A. Southern road, poems; drawings by E. Simms Campbell. New York, Harcourt, Brace [c1932] xv, 135 p. plates. PS3503.R833S6 1932

1238 Charters, Samuel B. The poetry of the blues. With photographs by Ann Charters. New York, Oak Publications [1963] 111 p. illus. PS591.N4C4

1239 Cullen, Countee. The black Christ & other poems. With decorations by Charles Cullen. New York, Harper, 1929. 110 p. illus., plates. PS3505.U287B6 1929

1240 Cullen, Countee, _ed._ Caroling dusk, an anthology of verse by Negro poets. Decorations by Aaron Douglas. New York, Harper, 1927. xxii, 237 p. PS591.N4C8

1241 Cullen, Countee. Color. New York, Harper, 1925. xvii, 108 p. PS3505.U287C6 1925

1242 Cullen, Countee. Copper sun. With decorations by Charles Cullen. New York, Harper, 1927. 89 p. illus. PS3505.U287C65 1927

1243 Cullen, Countee. On these I stand; an anthology of the best poems of Countee Cullen. Selected by himself and including six new poems never before published. New York, Harper [1947] 197 p. PS3505.U287A6 1947

1244 Cuney, Waring, Langston Hughes, _and_ Bruce M. Wright, _eds._ Lincoln University poets; centennial anthology [1854-1954]. Foreword by Horace Mann Bond; introduction by J. Saunders Redding. New York, Fine Editions Press [1954] 72 p. PS591.N4C84

1245 Dodson, Owen. Powerful long ladder. New York, Farrar, Straus, 1946. 103 p. PS3507.O364P6

1246 Dunbar, Paul L. The complete poems of Paul Laurence Dunbar, with the introduction to "Lyrics of lowly life," by W. D. Howells. New York, Dodd, Mead, 1913. xxxii, 289 p. port. PS1556.A1 1913

1247 Dunbar, Paul L. Lyrics of lowly life. New York, Arno Press, 1969. xx, 208 p. (The American Negro, his history and literature) PS1556.L6 1969 Afro-American culture series. Reprint of the 1899 ed.

1248 Dunbar, Paul L. Oak and ivy. Dayton, Ohio, Press of United Brethren Pub. House, 1893. 62 p. DHU First ed. of Dunbar's first work; includes 13 poems not in _The Complete Poems_ (1913).

1249 Hayden, Robert E. A ballad of remembrance. London, P. Breman, 1962. 72 p. (Heritage series, v. 1) PS3515.A9363B3

1250 Hayden, Robert E. Heart-shape in the dust; poems. Detroit, Falcon Press [c1940] 63 p. PS3515.A9363H4 1940

1251 Hayden, Robert E., _comp._ Kaleidoscope; poems by American Negro poets, edited and with an introduction by Robert Hayden. New York, Harcourt, Brace & World [1967] xxiv, 231 p. ports. (Curriculum-related books) PS591.N4H3

1252 Hayden, Robert E. Selected poems. New York, October House [1966] 79 p. PS3515.A9363A6 1966 [TR: Hayden, Robert Earl]

1253 Hughes, Langston. Fields of wonder. New York, Knopf, 1947. 114 p. PS3515.U274F45

1254 Hughes, Langston. Fine clothes to the Jew. New York, Knopf, 1927. 89 p. PS3515.U274F5 1927

1255 Hughes, Langston. New Negro poets U.S.A. Foreword by Gwendolyn Brooks. Bloomington, Indiana University Press [1964] 127 p. PS591.N4H8

1256 Hughes, Langston. One-way ticket [poems]; illustrations by Jacob Lawrence. New York, Knopf, 1949 [c1948] xvii, 136 p. illus. PS3515.U274O5

1257 Hughes, Langston. The panther & the lash; poems of our times. New York, Knopf, 1967. 101 p. PS3515.U274P3

1258 Hughes, Langston, _and_ Arna W. Bontemps, _eds._ The poetry of the Negro, 1746-1949; an anthology. Garden City, N.Y., Doubleday, 1949. xviii, 429 p. PN6109.7.H8

1259 Hughes, Langston. Selected poems. Drawings by E. McKnight Kauffer. New York, Knopf, 1959. 297 p. illus. PS3515.U274A6 1959

1260 Hughes, Langston. Shakespeare in Harlem. With drawings by E. McKnight Kauffer. New York, Knopf, 1942. 124 p. illus. PS3515.U274S5 "A book of light verse."--4th prelim. leaf.

1261 Hughes, Langston. The weary blues. With an introduction by Carl Van Vechten. New York, Knopf, 1926. 109 p. PS3515.U274W4 1926

1262 Johnson, Georgia D. An autumn love cycle. New York, H. Vinal, 1928. xix, 70 p. front. PS3519.O253A8 1928

1263 Johnson, Georgia D. The heart of a woman, and other poems. With an introduction by William Stanley Braithwaite. Boston, Cornhill Co., 1918. 62 p. [PS3601.J6H4 1918] [TR: PS3519.O253H4 1918]

1264 Johnson, James W., _ed._ The book of American Negro poetry, chosen and edited, with an essay on the Negro's creative genius. New York, Harcourt, Brace [c1931] 300 p. music. PS591.N4J6 1931 "Revised edition." "Books suggested for collateral reading": p. 295-296.

1265 Johnson, James W. Fifty years & other poems. With an introduction by Brander Matthews. Boston, Cornhill Co. [c1917] xiv, 92 p. PS3519.O2625F5 Reprinted in part from various periodicals.

1266 Johnson, James W. God's trombones; seven Negro sermons in verse. Drawings by Aaron Douglas, lettering by C. B. Falls. New York, Viking Press, 1927. 56 p. plates. PS3519.O2625G6 1927

1267 Jones, LeRoi. The dead lecturer; poems. New York, Grove Press [1964] 79 p. [PS3519.O4545D4] [TR: PS3552.A583D4 Baraka, Imamu Amiri]

1268 Kerlin, Robert T. Negro poets and their poems. 2d ed., rev. and enl. Washington, Associated Publishers [c1935] xxi, 342 p. illus., ports. PS591.N4K4 1935 "Index of authors, with biographical and bibliographical notes": p. 323-335.

1269 [Lanusse, Armand], _comp._ Creole voices; poems in French by free men of color, first published in 1845, edited by Edward Maceo Coleman. With a foreword by H. Carrington Lancaster. A Centennial ed. Washington, Associated Publishers, 1945. xlvi, 130 p. PQ3937.L8L32 This anthology, compiled by Armand Lanusse, who was also one of the principal contributors, was originally published in New Orleans under title: _Les cenelles, choix de poesies indigenes._ Present edition includes poems of V. E. Rillieux and P. A. Desdunes, two later poets (p. [109]-128).

1270 Major, Clarence, _comp._ The new black poetry. New York, International Publishers [1969] 156 p. PS591.N4M3

1271 Murphy, Beatrice M., _ed._ Ebony rhythm; an anthology of contemporary Negro verse. Freeport, N.Y., Books for Libraries Press [1968, c1948] 162 p. (Granger index reprint series) PS591.N4M76 1968

1272 Murphy, Beatrice M., _ed._ Negro voices; illustrations by Clifton Thompson Hill. New York, H. Harrison [c1938] 173 p. illus. PS591.N4M8 At head of title: An anthology of contemporary verse.

1273 Pipes, James. Ziba. With decorations by Edith Mahier. Norman, University of Oklahoma Press, 1943. 188 p. illus. PS3531.I79Z3

1274 Pool, Rosey E., _ed._ Beyond the blues, new poems by American Negroes. Lympne, Kent, Hand and Flower Press [1962] 188 p. PS591.N4P6 Bibliography: p. 186-188.

1275 Rollins, Charlemae H., _comp._ Christmas gif'; an anthology of Christmas poems, songs, and stories, written by and about Negroes. Line drawings by Tom O'Sullivan. Book design by Stan Williamson. Chicago, Follett Pub. Co. [1963] 119 p. illus. PS509.C56R6

1276 Tolson, Melvin B. Harlem gallery. With an introduction by Karl Shapiro. Book 1. The curator. New York, Twayne [1965] 173 p. PS3539.O334H3

1277 Tolson, Melvin B. Libretto for the Republic of Liberia. New York, Twayne Publishers [1953] 1 v. (unpaged) PS3539.O334L5 [TR: (Rare Bk Coll)]

1278 Tolson, Melvin B. Rendezvous with America. New York, Dodd, Mead, 1944. 121 p. PS3539.O334R4

1279 Turner, Lucy M. 'Bout cullud folkses; poems. New York, H. Harrison [1938] 64 p. [PS3601.T8B6 1938] [TR: PS3539.U8536B6 1938]

1280 Walker, Margaret. For my people. With a foreword by Stephen Vincent Benet. New Haven, Yale University Press, 1942. 58 p. (The Yale series of younger poets, [41]) PS3545.A517F6

1281 Wegelin, Oscar. Jupiter Hammon, American Negro poet; selections from his writings and a bibliography; with five facsimiles. New York, Ninety-nine copies printed for C. F. Heartman, 1915. 51 p. facsims., front. (Heartman's historical series, no. 13) PS767.H15Z8 "No. 90 of 91 copies printed on Alexandra Japan paper."

1282 Wheatley, Phillis. Poems. Edited, with an introduction, by Julian D. Mason, Jr. Chapel Hill, University of North Carolina Press, 1966. lviii, 113 p. facsims., port. PS866.W5 1966

1283 Wheatley, Phillis. Poems and letters; first collected edition, ed. by Chas. Fred. Heartman; with an appreciation by Arthur A. Schomburg. New York, C. F. Heartman [1915] 111 p. port. (Heartman's historical series, no. 8) PS866.W5 1915 No. 20 of 350 copies printed on Ben Day paper.

1284 Wheatley, Phillis. Poems on various subjects, religious and moral. London, Printed for A. Bell, Bookseller, Aldgate; and sold by Messrs. Cox and Berry, King-Street, Boston, 1773. 124 p. port. PS866.W5 1773

1284a White, Newman Ivey, _and_ Walter C. Jackson, _eds._ An anthology of verse by American Negroes, edited with a critical introduction, biographical sketches of the authors, and bibliographical notes. With an introduction by James Hardy Dillard. Durham, N.C., Trinity College Press, 1924. 250 p. (Trinity College publications) PS591.N4W5 "Bibliographical and critical notes": p. 214-237.

1285 Wilson, Joseph T. Voice of a new race. Original selections of poems, with a trilogy and oration. Hampton, Va., Normal School Steam Press, 1882. 43 p. PS3334.W58

26--MEDICINE AND HEALTH

1286 Cobb, William Montague. The first Negro medical society; a history of the Medico-Chirurgical Society of the District of Columbia, 1884-1939. Washington, Associated Publishers, 1939. 159 p. R15.M573C6 "Publications by society and members": p. 104-119. Bibliography: p. 135.

1287 Cobb, William Montague. Medical care and the plight of the Negro. New York, National Assn. for the Advancement of Colored People, 1947. 38 p. illus. E185.88.C7 "Literature cited": p. 37-38.

1288 Cobb, William Montague. Progress and portents for the Negro in medicine. New York, National Assn. for the Advancement of Colored People, 1948. 53 p. illus., map, ports. E185.82.C6 "Literature cited": p. 46-47.

1289 Cornely, Paul B., _and_ Stanley K. Bigman. Cultural considerations in changing health attitudes. [Washington] 1961. 3 v. (185 leaves). tables. RA448.W3C6 "Research grant 5357 (C1, C2). Division of General Medical Sciences. National Institutes of Health. U.S. Public Health Service, Department of Health, Education, and Welfare." Bibliographical footnotes.

1290 Corwin, Edward H. L., _and_ Gertrude E. Sturges. Opportunities for the medical education of Negroes. With an introduction by Dr. Walter L. Niles and a foreword by Walter White. New York, Scribner, 1936. xv, 293 p. tables. RA982.N5H35 Report of a biracial group of medical experts and laymen on conditions at Harlem Hospital.

1291 DuBois, William E. B., _ed._ The health and physique of the Negro American. Report of a social study made under the direction of Atlanta University; together with the Proceedings of the Eleventh Conference for the Study of the Negro Problems, held at Atlanta University, on May the 29th, 1906. Atlanta, Atlanta University Press, 1906. 112 p. plates, tables. (Atlanta University publications, no. 11) E185.5.A88 no. 11 "Bibliography of Negro health and physique": p. [6]-13.

1292 Dummett, Clifton O., _ed._ The growth and development of the Negro in dentistry in the United States. [Chicago?] National Dental Association [1952] 124 p. E185.82.D8

1293 Grier, William H., _and_ Price M. Cobbs. Black rage. Foreword by Fred R. Harris. New York, Basic Books [1968] 213 p. E185.625.G68 The Negro authors indicate that rioting is indicative of Negro recovery rather than ill health.

1294 Grossack, Martin M., _ed._ Mental health and segregation; a selection of papers and some book chapters by David P. Ausubel [and others]. New York, Springer Pub. Co. [c1963] 247 p. tables. E185.625.G7 Bibliography: p. 231-237.

1295 Joint Health Education Committee, _Nashville_. Rural Negro health; a report on a five-year experiment in health education in Tennessee, by Michael J. Bent, M.D., and Ellen F. Greene, M.A., for the Joint Health Education Committee. Nashville, Julius Rosenwald Fund, 1937. 85 p. diagrs. RA426.J73 "General references": p. 79-83.

1296 Kardiner, Abram, _and_ Lionel Ovesey. The mark of oppression; explorations in the personality of the American Negro. With the assistance of William Goldfarb [and others]. Cleveland, World Pub. Co. [1962, c1951] 396 p. illus. (Meridian Books, M141) E185.625.K3 1962

1297 Karon, Bertram P. The Negro personality; a rigorous investigation of the effects of culture. Foreword by Silvan S. Tomkins. New York, Springer Pub. Co., 1958. 184 p. illus. E185.625.K35 Bibliography: p. 176-177.

1298 Kenney, John A. The Negro in medicine. [Tuskegee Institute, Ala., Printed by the Tuskegee Institute Press, c1912] 60 p. plates (part fold.), ports. E185.82.K36

1299 Lott, Albert J., _and_ Bernice E. Lott. Negro and white youth; a psychological study in a border-state community. New York, Holt, Rinehart and Winston [1963] 236 p. BF731.L6 Includes bibliographies.

1300 Lynk, Miles V. Sixty years of medicine; or, The life and times of Dr. Miles V. Lynk, an autobiography. Memphis, Twentieth Century Press, c1951. 125 p. ports. R154.L96A3

1301 Malzberg, Benjamin. Statistical data for the study of mental disease among Negroes in New York State, 1949-1951. Albany, 1959. 405 p. tables. [RC444.N4M3] "This study is reprinted from _Mental Hygiene_, volume 43, no. 3, July 1959."

1302 Morais, Herbert M. The history of the Negro in medicine. New York, Publishers Co. [1967] xiv, 317 p. illus., facsims., ports. (International library of Negro life and history) R695.M6 Published under the auspices of the Association for the Study of Negro Life and History. Bibliography: p. 281-304.

1303 National Medical Fellowships. Opportunities for Negroes in medicine. Chicago, 1959. 29 p. E185.82.N38

1304 Negro Health Survey, _Pittsburgh_. Tuberculosis and the Negro in Pittsburgh; a report of the Negro health survey, by Elsie Witchen, director, Negro Health Survey. [Pittsburgh] Tuberculosis League of Pittsburgh, 1934. 120 p. diagrs., maps, plates, tables. RC313.A57N4

1305 Parker, Seymour, _and_ Robert J. Kleiner. Mental illness in the urban Negro community. New York, Free Press [c1966] xiv, 408 p. illus. RC451.5.N4P35 "Financial assistance received from the National Institutes of Health (grant numbers M-3047, M-5661, and MH-07494-01) and from the Pennsylvania Mental Research Foundation." Bibliography: p. 349-362.

1306 Pettigrew, Thomas F. A profile of the Negro American. Princeton, Van Nostrand [1964] xiv, 250 p. illus. E185.625.P4 Bibliography: p. 202-235.

1307 Peyton, Thomas R. Quest for dignity; an autobiography of a Negro doctor. [Rev. reprinting] Los Angeles, Publishers Western, 1963 [c1950] 160 p. illus. R154.P49A3 1963

1308 Reitzes, Dietrich C. Negroes and medicine. Cambridge, Published for the Commonwealth Fund by Harvard University Press, 1958. 400 p. illus. E185.82.R46

1309 Rohrer, John H., _and_ Munro S. Edmonson, _eds._ The eighth generation: cultures and personalities of New Orleans Negroes. Co-authors: Harold Lief, Daniel Thompson [and] William Thompson. New York, Harper [1960] 346 p. diagrs., tables. E185.625.R6 "This volume reports a research project carried out during the years 1953-1956 at the Urban Life Research Institute of Tulane University.... The responsibility for its direction rested with Dr. John H. Rohrer." Bibliographical footnotes.

1310 Spencer, Gerald A. Cosmetology in the Negro: a guide to its problems. [New York, Arlain Print. Co., 1944] 127 p. illus. RL71.S65 Bibliographical footnotes.

1311 Spencer, Gerald A. Medical symphony, a study of the contributions of the Negro to medical progress in New York. [New York, c1947] 120 p. ports. R292.N7S63 "References": p. 9.

27--MILITARY Service

1312 Aptheker, Herbert. The Negro in the Civil War. New York, International Publishers [c1938] 48 p. E453.A67 "Suggested readings": p. 47-48.

1313 Brown, Earl L., _and_ George R. Leighton. The Negro and the war. [New York, Public Affairs Committee] 1942. 32 p. diagrs. (Public affairs pamphlets, no. 71) E185.61.B877 "For further reading": p. 32.

1314 Brown, William W. The Negro in the American rebellion, his heroism and his fidelity. Boston, Lee & Shepard, 1867. xvi, 380 p. E540.N3B8

1315 Cashin, Herschel V., _and others_. Under fire. With the Tenth U.S. Cavalry. Being a brief, comprehensive review of the Negro's participation in the wars of the United States. With introduction by Major-General Joseph Wheeler. Illustrated with over one hundred fine engravings from original photographs. New York, F. T. Neely [c1899] xv, 361 p. illus., plates, ports. [E725.5.C33] [TR: E725.45 10th] Reprint issued by Arno Press, 1969.

1316 Cornish, Dudley T. The sable arm; Negro troops in the Union Army, 1861-1865. New York, W. W. Norton [1966, c1956] 337 p. (The Norton library, N334) E540.N3C77 1966 Bibliography: p. 316-332.

1317 Emilio, Luis F. History of the Fifty-fourth Regiment of Massachusetts Volunteer Infantry, 1863-1865. Boston, Boston Book Co., 1891 xvi, 410 p. maps (part fold.), ports. E513.5 54th Cover title: _A Brave Black Regiment._ Reprint issued by Arno Press, 1969.

1318 Francis, Charles E. The Tuskegee airmen; the story of the Negro in the U.S. Air Force. Boston, Bruce Humphries [1956, c1955] 225 p. illus. D810.N4F76

1319 Heywood, Chester D. Negro combat troops in the World War; the story of the 371st Infantry. With maps, photographs and illustrations; pen and ink drawings by D. Lester Dickson. Worcester, Mass., Commonwealth Press [c1928] 310 p. illus., 2 fold. maps (in pocket) D570.33 371st.H4

1320 Higginson, Thomas W. Army life in a black regiment. With an introduction by Howard Mumford Jones. [East Lansing] Michigan State University Press, 1960 [i.e. 1961] 235 p. E492.94 33d H5 1961 First published in 1870.

1321 Johns Hopkins University. _Operations Research Office._ Utilization of Negro manpower in the Army: a 1951 study. A team research study by staff members, consultants, and subcontractors of the Operations Research Office of the Johns Hopkins University. Alfred H. Hausrath, project director. McLean, Va., Research Analysis Corp., 1967. 1 v. (various pagings) illus. E185.63.J6 A condensed and unclassified ed. of a 7-vol. draft report (1951) based on a study conducted in Korea and the U.S. as Project CLEAR. "References": p. R1-R7.

1322 Leckie, William H. The buffalo soldiers; a narrative of the Negro cavalry in the West. Norman, University of Oklahoma Press [1967] xiv, 290 p. illus., maps, ports. UA31 10th.L4 Bibliography: p. 262-276.

1323 Lee, Irvin H. Negro Medal of Honor men. New York, Dodd, Mead [1967] 139 p. illus., ports. UB433.L4 Bibliography: p. 131-132.

1324 Lee, Ulysses G. The employment of Negro troops. Washington, Office of the Chief of Military History, United States Army; [for sale by the Supt. of Docs., U.S. Govt. Print. Off.] 1966. xix, 740 p. illus., maps (part fold., part col.), ports. (United States Army in World War II: Special studies) D810.N4L4 Bibliographical footnotes.

1325 McConnell, Roland C. Negro troops of antebellum Louisiana; a history of the Battalion of Free Men of Color. Baton Rouge, Louisiana State University Press [c1968] 143 p. facsim., map. (Louisiana State University studies. Social science series, no. 13) UA220.M3 Bibliography: p. 135-140. Bibliographical references included in "Notes" (p. 116-133).

1326 Mandelbaum, David G. Soldier groups and Negro soldiers. Berkeley, University of California Press, 1952. 142 p. E185.63.M35 Bibliography: p. 133-138.

1327 Mason, Monroe, _and_ Arthur Furr. The American Negro soldier with the Red Hand of France. Boston, Cornhill Co. [c1920] 180 p. plan, plates, port. D639.N4M3

1328 Miller, Kelly. Kelly Miller's history of the world war for human rights; being an intensely human and brilliant account of the World War and why and for what purpose America and the allies are fighting and the important part taken by the Negro. Washington, Austin Jenkins Co. [c1919] 608 p. plates, ports. D523.M46 Published also with slight variations in text, under title: _Our War for Human Rights._

1329 Nell, William C. The colored patriots of the American Revolution. New York, Arno Press, 1968. 396 p. illus. (The American Negro, his history and literature) E269.N3N4 1968 Reprint of the 1855 ed.

1330 Quarles, Benjamin. The Negro in the American Revolution. Chapel Hill, Published for the Institute of Early American History and Culture, Williamsburg, Va., by University of North Carolina Press [1961] 231 p. E269.N3Q3 Bibliography: p. [201]-223.

1331 Quarles, Benjamin. The Negro in the Civil War. Boston, Little, Brown [1953] xvi, 379 p. illus. E540.N3Q3 Bibliography: p. [349]-360.

1332 Scott, Emmett J. Scott's official history of the American Negro in the World War. Prefaced with highest tributes to the American Negro by Hon. Newton D. Baker, Gen. John J. Pershing, and the late Theodore Roosevelt. [Chicago, Homewood Press, c1919] 511 p. illus., plates, ports. D639.N4S3 Reprint issued by Arno Press, 1969.

1333 Sherman, George R. The Negro as a soldier. By George R. Sherman, (Captain, Seventh United States Colored Infantry and Brevet-Lieut.-Colonel, United States volunteers.) Providence, The Society, 1913. 34 p. ports. (Personal narratives of events in the War of the Rebellion, being papers read before the Rhode Island Soldiers and Sailors Historical Society. 7th ser., no. 7) E464.R47 [E540.N3S55 E492.9 7th]

1334 Singletary, Otis A. Negro militia and Reconstruction. Austin, University of Texas Press [1957] 181 p. illus. E668.S59 Bibliography: p. 153-166.

1335 Steward, Theophilus G. The colored regulars in the United States Army. New York, Arno Press, 1969. 344 p. illus., ports. (The American Negro; his history and literature) E725.5.N3S8 1969 Reprint of the 1904 ed., with a new preface by W. L. Katz.

1336 Stillman, Richard J. Integration of the Negro in the U.S. Armed Forces. New York, Praeger [1968] 167 p. illus. (Praeger special studies in U.S. economic and social development) E185.63.S7 1968 Includes bibliographical references.

1337 Taylor, Susie K. Reminiscences of my life in camp. New York, Arno Press, 1968. 82 p. illus., ports. (The American Negro; his history and literature) E492.94 33d.T3 1968 Reprint of the 1902 ed.

1338 U.S. _Commission on Civil Rights. South Dakota Advisory Committee._ Negro airmen in a northern community; discrimination in Rapid City, South Dakota; a report. [Washington, U.S. Govt. Print. Off.] 1963. 50 p. F659.R2U5 Cover title: _Report on Rapid City._

1339 U.S. _President's Committee on Equal Opportunity in the Armed Forces_. Equality of treatment and opportunity for Negro military personnel stationed within the United States; initial report. [Washington] 1963. 93 p. E185.63.U63

1340 Wesley, Charles H., _and_ Patricia W. Romero. Negro Americans in the Civil War; from slavery to citizenship. New York, Publishers Co. [1967] 307 p. illus., facsims., maps, ports. (International library of Negro life and history) E540.N3W4 Published under the auspices of the Association for the Study of Negro Life and History. Bibliography: p. [273]-285.

1341 Wesley, Charles H. Ohio Negroes in the Civil War. [Columbus] Ohio State University Press for the Ohio Historical Society [1962] 46 p. (Publications of the Ohio Civil War Centennial Commission, no. 6) E525.O337 no. 6 Includes bibliography.

1342 Williams, George W. A history of the Negro troops in the War of the Rebellion, 1861-65; preceded by a review of the military services of Negroes in ancient and modern times. New York, Bergman Publishers [1968] xvi, 353 p. illus., port. E540.N3W7 1968 Reprint of the 1888 ed. Bibliographical footnotes.

1343 Wilson, Joseph T. The black phalanx. New York, Arno Press, 1968. 528 p. illus. (The American Negro; his history and literature) E185.63.W815 1968 Reprint of the 1890 ed. Bibliography: p. 517.

28--MUSIC

1344 Allen, William F., _comp._ Slave songs of the United States; the complete original collection (136 songs) collected and compiled by William Francis Allen, Charles Pickard Ware, and Lucy McKim Garrison in 1867, with new piano arrangements and guitar chords by Irving Schlein. [New York] Oak Publications [1965] 175 p. illus. M1670.A42 1965 Includes facsim. of title page and preface of 1st ed. (New York, A. Simpson, 1867).

1345 Bradford, Perry. Born with the blues; Perry Bradford's own story. The true story of the pioneering blues singers and musicians in the early days of jazz. New York, Oak Publications [c1965] 175 p. illus. ML410.B779B6

1346 Carawan, Guy, _and_ Candie Carawan. Ain't you got a right to the tree of life? The people of Johns Island, South Carolina, their faces, their words, and their songs, recorded by Guy and Candie Carawan. Photographed by Robert Yellin. Music transcribed by Ethel Raim, with a preface by Alan Lomax. New York, Simon and Schuster [1967, c1966] 190 p. illus., map. E185.93.S7C3 Includes melodies with words. Bibliography: p. [11].

1347 Chambers, Herbert A., _ed._ The treasury of Negro spirituals. [Foreword by Marian Anderson] New York, Emerson Books [1963, c1959] 125 p. illus. M1670.C45T7 Contains 30 well-known spirituals, arranged for voice and piano, and six modern compositions, two of which are arranged for male quartet.

1348 Charters, Samuel B. The bluesmen; the story and the music of the men who made the blues. New York, Oak Publications [1967+] illus., music, ports. [ML3561.J3C425] [TR: ML3561.B63C5] Contents.--v. 1. "The singers and the styles from Mississippi, Alabama, and Texas up to the Second World War, with a brief consideration of some of the traceable relationships between the blues and African song."

1349 Courlander, Harold. Negro folk music, U.S.A. New York, Columbia University Press, 1963. 324 p. illus., music. ML3556.C7 "The music" (melodies with words): p. [221]-287. Bibliography: p. [299]-301. Discography: p. [302]-308.

1350 Dennison, Tim. The American Negro and his amazing music. New York, Vantage Press [1963] 76 p. ML3556.D45

1351 Dett, Robert Nathaniel, _ed._ Religious folk-songs of the Negro as sung at Hampton Institute. Hampton, Va., Hampton Institute Press, 1927. xxvii, 236 p. M1670.H3 1927

1352 Fisher, Miles M. Negro slave songs in the United States. New York, Russell & Russell [1968, c1953] xv, 223 p. ML3556.F58 1968 Foreword by Ray Allen Billington. Includes texts of the songs, without the music. Bibliography: p. 193-213. Reprint also issued by Citadel Press, 1963.

1353 Handy, William C., _ed._ Blues; an anthology. With an introduction by Abbe Niles. Illustrations by Miguel Covarrubias. New York, A. & C. Boni, 1926. 180 p. illus. M1630.18.H26B5 1926 [ML30.25e.H35] Music: p. 49-180.

1354 Handy, William C., _ed._ A treasury of the blues; complete words and music of 67 great songs from Memphis blues to the present day. With an historical and critical text by Abbe Niles. With pictures by Miguel Covarrubias. [New York?] C. Boni; distributed by Simon and Schuster [1949] 258 p. illus. M1630.18.H26B5 1949 First ed. published in 1926 under title: _Blues, an Anthology._ "A selective bibliography": p. 254-255.

1355 Hare, Maud C. Negro musicians and their music. Washington, Associated Publishers [1936] 439 p. plates, ports. ML3556.H3N4 [TR: Cuney-Hare, Maud] Includes music. Bibliography: p. 419-423.

1356 Hayes, Roland. My songs; Aframerican religious folk songs arranged and interpreted by Roland Hayes. Boston, Little, Brown, 1948. 128 p. M1670.H4M9 "An Atlantic Monthly Press book."

1357 Jackson, Clyde O. The songs of our years; a study of Negro folk music. New York, Exposition Press [1968] 54 p. (An Exposition-university book) ML3556.J39 Bibliography: p. [53]-54.

1358 Jackson, George P. White and Negro spirituals, their life span and kingship, tracing 200 years of untrammeled song making and singing among our country folk, with 116 songs as sung by both races. New York, J. J. Augustin [1944] 349 p. illus., music, ports. ML3551.J17 "The tune comparative list. One hundred and sixteen melodies of white people paired with same number of Negro-sung variants": p. [145]-227.

1359 Johnson, James W., _ed._ The book of American Negro spirituals, edited with an introduction of James Weldon Johnson; musical arrangements by J. Rosamond Johnson, additional numbers by Lawrence Brown. New York, Viking Press, 1925. 187 p. M1670.J67

1360 Johnson, James W., _and_ John Rosamond Johnson, _eds._ The books of American Negro spirituals, including The book of American Negro spirituals and The second book of Negro spirituals. New York, Viking Press, 1940. 2 v. in 1. M1670.J67B65 For voice and piano. A reissue of the volumes first published separately in 1925 and 1926. Each volume has special t.p. Musical arrangements by J. Rosamond Johnson, additional numbers by Lawrence Brown.

1361 Jones, LeRoi. Black music. New York, W. Morrow, 1967. 221 p. illus. [ML3556.J728] [TR: ML3556.B15 1967 Baraka, Imamu Amiri]

1362 Jones, LeRoi. Blues people; Negro music in white America. New York, W. Morrow, 1963. 244 p. [ML3556.J73] [TR: ML3556.B16 Baraka, Imamu Amiri]

1363 Keil, Charles. Urban blues. Chicago, University of Chicago Press [1966] 231 p. ML3556.K43

1364 Kirkeby, W. T. E., Duncan P. Schiedt, _and_ Sinclair Traill. Ain't misbehavin'; the story of Fats Waller. New York, Dodd, Mead [1966] 248 p. ports. ML417.W15K6 1966a "The music of Thomas 'Fats' Waller; a selective discography compiled by the 'Storyville Team'": p. 233-248.

1365 Krehbiel, Henry E. Afro-American folksongs; a study in racial and national music. New York, F. Ungar Pub. Co. [1962] 176 p. music. ML3556.K9 1962 Reprint of the 1914 ed.

1366 Locke, Alain L. The Negro and his music. Port Washington, N.Y., Kennikat Press [1968] 142 p. (Kennikat Press series in Negro culture and history) ML3556.L6N4 1968 Reprint of the ed. first published in 1936. "Reading references" at end of each chapter. "Record illustrations" at end of most of the chapters.

1367 Lomax, John A., _and_ Alan Lomax, _eds._ Negro folk songs as sung by Lead Belly, "king of the twelve-string guitar players of the world," long-time convict in the penitentiaries of Texas and Louisiana. New York, Macmillan Co., 1936. xiv, 242 p. port. ML1670.L84N4 "The main body of the song-texts consists of transcriptions from records we made with an instantaneous aluminum recording machine, the property of the Archive of American Folk-song of the Library of Congress. This machine and these records were used through the courtesy of the Library of Congress. Dr. George Herzog transcribed the melodies, as herein printed, from these same discs."--Introduction, p. xiii.

1368 Lucas, John. Basic jazz on long play. The great soloists: ragtime, folksong, blues, jazz, swing, and the great bands: New Orleans, swing, dixieland. Northfield, Minn., Carleton Jazz Club, Carleton College, 1954. 103 p. (Carleton College, Northfield, Minn. Carleton Jazz Club. Bulletin no. 1) ML3561.J3L78

1369 Nathan, Hans. Dan Emmett and the rise of early Negro minstrelsy. Norman, University of Oklahoma Press [1962] xiv, 496 p. illus., facsims. ML410.E5N4 Includes unaccompanied melodies. "Bibliography of the works of D. D. Emmett": p. 290-306. "Anthology" (principally melodies with piano accompaniment): p. [311]-491.

1370 Niles, John J. Singing soldiers. Illustrated by Margaret Thorniley Williamson. New introduction by Leslie Shepard. Detroit, Singing Tree Press, 1968. 171 p. illus. M1629.M675S45 1968 First published in 1927 by C. Scribner's Sons, New York. "Now reissued." Contains both accompanied and unaccompanied melodies with words.

1371 Odum, Howard W., _and_ Guy B. Johnson. The Negro and his songs; a study of typical Negro songs in the South. Hatboro, Pa., Folklore Associates, 1964 [c1925] xix, 306 p. ML3556.O3 1964 "Reprinted from the original ed. of 1925." "Select bibliography of Negro folk songs": p. [297]-300.

1372 Patterson, Lindsay, _comp._ The Negro in music and art. New York, Publishers Co. [1967] xvi, 304 p. illus., facsims., ports. (International library of Negro life and history) ML3556.P38 Published under the auspices of the Association for the Study of Negro Life and History. Bibliography: p. [291]-296.

1373 Ramsey, Frederic. Been here and gone. New Brunswick, N.J., Rutgers University Press [1960] 177 p. illus. ML3556.R3

1374 Ramsey, Frederic, _and_ Charles E. Smith, _eds._ Jazzmen. New York, Harcourt, Brace [1959, c1939] 360 p. illus. (A Harvest book, 30) ML3561.J3R3 1959

1375 Scarborough, Dorothy. On the trail of Negro folk-songs, by Dorothy Scarborough, assisted by Ola Lee Gulledge. Foreword by Roger D. Abrahams. Hatboro, Pa., Folklore Associates, 1963. 295 p. music. ML3556.S3 1925a "Reprinted in facsimile from the original edition of 1925."

1376 Shapiro, Nat, _and_ Nat Hentoff, _comps._ Hear me talkin' to ya; the story of jazz as told by the men who made it. New York, Dover Publications [1966,c1955] xvi, 429 p. ML3561.J3S46 1966 "This Dover edition is a reprint of the work originally published by Rinehart and Company, Inc., in 1955."

1377 Talley, Thomas W., _comp._ Negro folk rhymes, wise and otherwise, with a study. Port Washington, N.Y., Kennikat Press [1968, c1922] 347 p. (Kennikat Press series in Negro culture and history) PS595.N3T3 1968 Includes music (principally melodies with words).

1378 Thurman, Howard. Deep river; reflections on the religious insight of certain of the Negro spirituals. Illustrated by Elizabeth Orton Jones. [Rev. and enl.] New York, Harper [1955] 93 p. illus. ML3556.T55 1955

1379 Thurman, Howard. The Negro spiritual speaks of life and death. New York, Harper [1947] 55 p. (The Ingersoll lecture, Harvard University, 1947) ML3556.T56

1380 Trotter, James M. Music and some highly musical people; containing brief chapters on I. A description of music. II. The music of nature. III. A glance at the history of music. IV. The power, beauty, and uses of music. Following which are given sketches of the lives of remarkable musicians of the colored race. With portraits, and an appendix containing copies of music composed by colored men. Boston, Lee and Shepard, 1878. 353, 152 p. ports. [ML60.T85] [TR: ML385.T76] Music: Appendix, p. 4-152.

1381 Williams, Martin T. Jazz masters of New Orleans. New York, Macmillan Co. [1967] xvii, 287 p. ports. (The Macmillan jazz masters series) ML3561.J3W5315 Bibliographies and discographies at ends of chapters.

29--ORGANIZATIONS

1382 Bell, Inge P. CORE and the strategy of nonviolence. New York, Random House [1968] 214 p. (Random House studies in sociology) E185.61.B37 Includes bibliographies.

1383 Brooks, Charles H. A history and manual of the Grand United Order of Odd Fellows in America. Philadelphia, 1893. 257 p. ports. HS1171.3.B8

1384 Cass, Donn A. Negro freemasonry and segregation; an historical study of prejudice against American Negroes as Freemasons, and the position of Negro Freemasonry in the Masonic fraternity. Chicago, E. A. Cook Publications, 1957. 152 p. illus. HS883.C3 Bibliography: p. [150]-152.

1385 Clark, Alexander G. History of Prince Hall Freemasonry (1775-1945). Des Moines, United Grand Lodge of Iowa, F. & A. M. (Prince Hall Affiliation) [1947] 337 p. port. HS883.C47 Completed by S. Joe Brown after the death of the author. "With special reference to the Grand Lodge of Missouri (Prince Hall Affiliation) and the three Iowa Grand Lodges that grew out of it."

1386 Davis, Harry E. A history of freemasonry among Negroes in America. [Cleveland? 1946] 334 p. HS883.D35 "Published under auspices of the United Supreme Council, Ancient & Accepted Scottish Rite of Freemasonry, Northern Jurisdiction, U.S.A. (Prince Hall affiliation), Incorporated." Includes bibliographies.

1387 Hughes, Langston. Fight for freedom; the story of the NAACP. New York, Norton [1962] 224 p. illus. E185.5.N276H8 Bibliography: p. 207-208.

1388 Kellogg, Charles F. NAACP, a history of the National Association for the Advancement of Colored People. v. 1. 1909-1920. Baltimore, Johns Hopkins Press [1967] 332 p. illus., ports. E185.5.N276K4, v. 1 "Bibliographical notes": p. 309-315.

1389 Matthews, Joseph B. Communism and the NAACP. [Atlanta, Georgia Commission on Education, 1958?] 2 v. E185.5.M3

1390 Miller, Helen S. The history of Chi Eta Phi Sorority, Inc., 1932-1967. Durham, N.C. [Association for the Study of Negro Life and History, 1968] xvi, 244 p. ports. LJ105.C45M5

1391 Myers, Phineas B. Ninety-five years after Lincoln; a history of the Urban League of Dayton, Ohio. [2d, rev. ed.] New York, Exposition Press [1959] 103 p. illus. F499.D2M9 1959 "The 1950 edition was published under the title: _Eighty-five Years after Lincoln_."

1392 National Urban League. The National Urban League re-examined; a policy to guide the Urban League in its interracial social service program. Statement and recommendations from the board convention of the National Urban League, April 15-17, 1955.... Kansas City, Missouri. [New York, 1955] 40 p. E185.5.N33A44

1393 National Urban League. The Urban League story, 1910-1960; golden 50th anniversary year book. [William R. Simms, editor. New York, c1961] 66 p. illus. E185.5.N33A53

1394 Record, Wilson. Race and radicalism; the NAACP and the Communist Party in conflict. Ithaca, N.Y., Cornell University Press [1964] xv, 237 p. (Communism in American life) E185.5.N276R4 Cornell studies in civil liberty. Bibliographical footnotes.

1395 Strickland, Arvarh E. History of the Chicago Urban League. Urbana, University of Illinois Press, 1966. 286 p. F548.9.N3S76 Bibliography: p. [265]-272. Bibliographical footnotes.

1396 Voorhis, Harold V. Negro masonry in the United States. New York City, H. Emmerson, 1940. 132 p. facsims., ports. HS883.V6 Bibliography: p. 126-128.

1396a Vroman, Mary E. Shaped to its purpose: Delta Sigma Theta--the first fifty years. New York, Random House [1965] 213 p. LJ145.D58V7

1397 Wesley, Charles H. The history of Alpha Phi Alpha; a development in Negro college life. [3d ed., rev. and enl.] Washington, Foundation Publishers, 1939. xxi, 396 p. illus., ports. LJ121.A55W4 1939 "National Alpha Phi Alpha hymn" (words and music): p. 313-315.

1398 Wesley, Charles H. History of the Improved Benevolent and Protective Order of Elks of the World, 1898-1954. Washington, Association for the Study of Negro Life and History [1955] 503 p. illus. HS2259.E53W4

1399 Wesley, Charles H. The history of the Prince Hall Grand Lodge of Free and Accepted Masons of the State of Ohio, 1849-1960; an epoch in American fraternalism. Wilberforce, Ohio, Central State College Press [1961] 457 p. illus. HS887.O3W4

1400 Wynn, Daniel W. The NAACP versus Negro revolutionary protest; a comparative study of the effectiveness of each movement. New York, Exposition Press [1955] 115 p. (Exposition--University book) E185.61.W98 Bibliography: p. [103]-110.

1401 Zinn, Howard. S N C C, the new abolitionists. Boston, Beacon Press [1964] 246 p. E185.61.Z49

30--POLITICS

1402 Aikin, Charles, _ed._ The Negro votes. San Francisco, Chandler Pub. Co. [1962] 377 p. illus. (Chandler publications in political science) DLC-LL [TR: KF4893.A7A35]

1403 American Negro Academy, _Washington, D.C._ The Negro and the elective franchise. A series of papers and a sermon. Washington, 1905. 85 p. (Occasional papers, no. 11) [E184.N3A5] [TR: E185.5.A51 no. 11] Contents.--1. Meaning and need of the movement to reduce southern representation [by] A. H. Grimke.--2. The penning of the Negro (the Negro vote in the States of the revised constitutions) [by] C. C. Cook.--3. The Negro vote in the States whose constitutions have not been specifically revised [by] John Hope.--4. The potentiality of the Negro vote, North and West [by] John L. Love.--5. Migration and distribution of the Negro population as affecting the elective franchise [by] Kelly Miller.--6. The Negro and his citizenship [by] Rev. F. J. Grimke.

1404 Ashmore, Harry S. The man in the middle. Columbia, University of Missouri Press [1966] 58 p. (The Paul Anthony Brick lectures, 5th ser.) E846.A8

1405 Bailey, Harry A., _ed._ Negro politics in America. Columbus, Ohio, C. E. Merrill Books [1967] 455 p. illus., maps. E185.6.B15 Includes bibliographical references.

1406 Banfield, Edward C., _and_ James Q. Wilson. City politics. Cambridge, Harvard University Press, 1963. 362 p. illus. (Publications of the Joint Center for Urban Studies of the Massachusetts Institute of Technology and Harvard University) JS331.B28 Bibliographical footnotes.

1407 Brewer, John Mason. Negro legislators of Texas and their descendants; a history of the Negro in Texas politics from Reconstruction to disfranchisement, with an introduction by Herbert P. Gambrell. Dallas, Tex., Mathis Pub. Co. [c1935] 134 p. map, ports. E185.93.T4B7

1408 Brogan, Denis W. Politics in America. New York, Harper [c1954] 467 p. JK268.B72 1954a [TR: Brogan, D. W.] Bibliography: p. 436-441.